THE VOYAGES OF DOCTOR DOOLITTLE BY HUGH LOFTING

THE VOYAGES OF DOCTOR DOOLITTLE
BY HUGH LOFTING
To
Colin
and
Elizabeth
CONTENTS
PART ONE
PROLOGUE
I THE COBBLER'S SON
II I HEAR OF THE GREAT NATURALIST
III THE DOCTOR'S HOME
IV THE WIFF-WAFF
V POLYNESIA
VI THE WOUNDED SQUIRREL
VII SHELLFISH TALK
VIII ARE YOU A GOOD NOTICER?
IX THE GARDEN OF DREAMS
X THE PRIVATE ZOO
XI MY SCHOOLMASTER, POLYNESIA
XII MY GREAT IDEA
XIII A TRAVELER ARRIVES
XIV CHEE-CHEE'S VOYAGE
XV I BECOME A DOCTOR'S ASSISTANT
PART TWO
I THE CREW OF "THE CURLEW"
II LUKE THE HERMIT
III JIP AND THE SECRET
IV BOB
V MENDOZA
VI THE JUDGE'S DOG
VII THE END OF THE MYSTERY
VIII THREE CHEERS
IX THE PURPLE BIRD-OF-PARADISE
X LONG ARROW, THE SON OF GOLDEN ARROW
XI BLIND TRAVEL
XII DESTINY AND DESTINATION
PART THREE
I THE THIRD MAN
II GOOD-BYE!
III OUR TROUBLES BEGIN
IV OUR TROUBLES CONTINUE
V POLYNESIA HAS A PLAN
VI THE BED-MAKER OF MONTEVERDE
VII THE DOCTOR'S WAGER
VIII THE GREAT BULLFIGHT
IX WE DEPART IN A HURRY
PART FOUR
I SHELLFISH LANGUAGES AGAIN
II THE FIDGIT'S STORY
III BAD WEATHER
IV WRECKED!
V LAND!
VI THE JABIZRI
VII HAWK'S-HEAD MOUNTAIN
PART FIVE
I A GREAT MOMENT
II "THE MEN OF THE MOVING, LAND"
III FIRE
IV WHAT MAKES AN ISLAND FLOAT
V WAR!
VI GENERAL POLYNESIA
VII THE PEACE OF THE PARROTS
VIII THE HANGING STONE
IX THE ELECTION
X THE CORONATION OF KING JONG
PART SIX
I NEW POPSIPETEL
II THOUGHTS OF HOME
III THE RED MAN'S SCIENCE
IV THE SEA-SERPENT
V THE SHELLFISH RIDDLE SOLVED AT LAST
VI THE LAST CABINET MEETING
VII THE DOCTOR'S DECISION
THE VOYAGES OF DOCTOR DOLITTLE
PROLOGUE
ALL that I have written so far about Doctor Dolittle I heard
long after it happened from those who had known him-- indeed a
great deal of it took place before I was born. But I now come to
set down that part of the great man's life which I myself saw and
took part in.
Many years ago the Doctor gave me permission to do this. But we
were both of us so busy then voyaging around the world, having
adventures and filling note-books full of natural history that I
never seemed to get time to sit down and write of our doings.
Now of course, when I am quite an old man, my memory isn't so
good any more. But whenever I am in doubt and have to hesitate
and think, I always ask Polynesia, the parrot.
That wonderful bird (she is now nearly two hundred and fifty
years old) sits on the top of my desk, usually humming sailor
songs to herself, while I write this book. And, as every one who
ever met her knows, Polynesia's memory is the most marvelous
memory in the world. If there is any happening I am not quite
sure of, she is always able to put me right, to tell me exactly
how it took place, who was there and everything about it. In
fact sometimes I almost think I ought to say that this book was
written by Polynesia instead of me.
Very well then, I will begin. And first of all I must tell you
something about myself and how I came to meet the Doctor.
PART I
THE FIRST CHAPTER
THE COBBLER'S SON
MY name was Tommy Stubbins, son of Jacob Stubbins, the cobbler of
Puddleby-on-the-Marsh; and I was nine and a half years old. At
that time Puddleby was only quite a small town. A river ran
through the middle of it; and over this river there was a very
old stone bridge, called Kingsbridge, which led you from the
market-place on one side to the churchyard on the other.
Sailing-ships came up this river from the sea and anchored near
the bridge. I used to go down and watch the sailors unloading
the ships upon the river-wall. The sailors sang strange songs as
they pulled upon the ropes; and I learned these songs by heart.
And I would sit on the river-wall with my feet dangling over the
water and sing with the men, pretending to myself that I too was
a sailor.
For I longed always to sail away with those brave ships when they
turned their backs on Puddleby Church and went creeping down the
river again, across the wide lonely marshes to the sea. I longed
to go with them out into the world to seek my fortune in foreign
lands--Africa, India, China and Peru! When they got round the
bend in the river and the water was hidden from view, you could
still see their huge brown sails towering over the roofs of the
town, moving onward slowly--like some gentle giants that walked
among the houses without noise. What strange things would they
have seen, I wondered, when next they came back to anchor at
Kingsbridge! And, dreaming of the lands I had never seen, I'd
sit on there, watching till they were out of sight.
Three great friends I had in Puddleby in those days. One was Joe,
the mussel-man, who lived in a tiny hut by the edge of the water
under the bridge. This old man was simply marvelous at making
things. I never saw a man so clever with his hands. He used to
mend my toy ships for me which I sailed upon the river; he built
windmills out of packing-cases and barrel-staves; and he could
make the most wonderful kites from old umbrellas.
Joe would sometimes take me in his mussel-boat, and when the tide
was running out we would paddle down the river as far as the edge
of the sea to get mussels and lobsters to sell. And out there on
the cold lonely marshes we would see wild geese flying, and
curlews and redshanks and many other kinds of seabirds that live
among the samfire and the long grass of the great salt fen. And
as we crept up the river in the evening, when the tide had
turned, we would see the lights on Kingsbridge twinkle in the
dusk, reminding us of tea-time and warm fires.
Another friend I had was Matthew Mugg, the cat's-meat-man. He was
a funny old person with a bad squint. He looked rather awful but
he was really quite nice to talk to. He knew everybody in
Puddleby; and he knew all the dogs and all the cats. In those
times being a cat's-meat-man was a regular business. And you
could see one nearly any day going through the streets with a
wooden tray full of pieces of meat stuck on skewers crying,
"Meat! M-E-A-T!" People paid him to give this meat to their cats
and dogs instead of feeding them on dog-biscuits or the scraps
from the table.
I enjoyed going round with old Matthew and seeing the cats and
dogs come running to the garden-gates whenever they heard his
call. Sometimes he let me give the meat to the animals myself;
and I thought this was great fun. He knew a lot about dogs and
he would tell me the names of the different kinds as we went
through the town. He had several dogs of his own; one, a whippet,
was a very fast runner, and Matthew used to win prizes with her
at the Saturday coursing races; another, a terrier, was a fine
ratter. The cat's-meat-man used to make a business of
rat-catching for the millers and farmers as well as his other
trade of selling cat's-meat.
My third great friend was Luke the Hermit. But of him I will
tell you more later on.
I did not go to school; because my father was not rich enough to
send me. But I was extremely fond of animals. So I used to spend
my time collecting birds' eggs and butterflies, fishing in the
river, rambling through the countryside after blackberries and
mushrooms and helping the mussel-man mend his nets.
Yes, it was a very pleasant life I lived in those days long ago--
though of course I did not think so then. I was nine and a half
years old; and, like all boys, I wanted to grow up--not knowing
how well off I was with no cares and nothing to worry me. Always
I longed for the time when I should be allowed to leave my
father's house, to take passage in one of those brave ships, to
sail down the river through the misty marshes to the sea-- out
into the world to seek my fortune.
THE SECOND CHAPTER
I HEAR OF THE GREAT NATURALIST
ONE early morning in the Springtime, when I was wandering among
the hills at the back of the town, I happened to come upon a hawk
with a squirrel in its claws. It was standing on a rock and the
squirrel was fighting very hard for its life. The hawk was so
frightened when I came upon it suddenly like this, that it
dropped the poor creature and flew away. I picked the squirrel up
and found that two of its legs were badly hurt. So I carried it
in my arms back to the town.
When I came to the bridge I went into the musselman's hut and
asked him if he could do anything for it. Joe put on his
spectacles and examined it carefully. Then he shook his head.
"Yon crittur's got a broken leg," he said--"and another badly cut
an' all. I can mend you your boats, Tom, but I haven't the tools
nor the learning to make a broken squirrel seaworthy. This is a
job for a surgeon--and for a right smart one an' all. There be
only one man I know who could save yon crittur's life. And that's
John Dolittle."
"Who is John Dolittle?" I asked. "Is he a vet?"
"No," said the mussel-man. "He's no vet. Doctor Dolittle is a
nacheralist."
"What's a nacheralist?"
"A nacheralist," said Joe, putting away his glasses and starting
to fill his pipe, "is a man who knows all about animals and
butterflies and plants and rocks an' all. John Dolittle is a
very great nacheralist. I'm surprised you never heard of him--and
you daft over animals. He knows a whole lot about shellfish--that
I know from my own knowledge. He's a quiet man and don't talk
much; but there's folks who do say he's the greatest nacheralist
in the world."
"Where does he live?" I asked.
"Over on the Oxenthorpe Road, t'other side the town. Don't know
just which house it is, but 'most anyone 'cross there could tell
you, I reckon. Go and see him. He's a great man."
So I thanked the mussel-man, took up my squirrel again and
started oft towards the Oxenthorpe Road.
The first thing I heard as I came into the marketplace was some
one calling "Meat! M-E-A-T!"
"There's Matthew Mugg," I said to myself. "He'll know where this
Doctor lives. Matthew knows everyone."
So I hurried across the market-place and caught him up.
"Matthew," I said, "do you know Doctor Dolittle?"
"Do I know John Dolittle!" said he. "Well, I should think I do!
I know him as well as I know my own wife--better, I sometimes
think. He's a great man--a very great man."
"Can you show me where he lives?" I asked. "I want to take this
squirrel to him. It has a broken leg."
"Certainly," said the cat's-meat-man. "I'll be going right by his
house directly. Come along and I'll show you."
So off we went together.
"Oh, I've known John Dolittle for years and years," said Matthew
as we made our way out of the market-place. "But I'm pretty sure
he ain't home just now. He's away on a voyage. But he's liable
to be back any day. I'll show you his house and then you'll know
where to find him."
All the way down the Oxenthorpe Road Matthew hardly stopped
talking about his great friend, Doctor John Dolittle--"M. D." He
talked so much that he forgot all about calling out "Meat!" until
we both suddenly noticed that we had a whole procession of dogs
following us patiently.
"Where did the Doctor go to on this voyage?" I asked as Matthew
handed round the meat to them.
"I couldn't tell you," he answered. "Nobody never knows where he
goes, nor when he's going, nor when he's coming back. He lives
all alone except for his pets. He's made some great voyages and
some wonderful discoveries. Last time he came back he told me
he'd found a tribe of Red Indians in the Pacific Ocean--lived on
two islands, they did. The husbands lived on one island and the
wives lived on the other. Sensible people, some of them savages.
They only met once a year, when the husbands came over to visit
the wives for a great feast-- Christmas-time, most likely. Yes,
he's a wonderful man is the Doctor. And as for animals, well,
there ain't no one knows as much about 'em as what he does."
"How did he get to know so much about animals?" I asked.
The cat's-meat-man stopped and leant down to whisper in my car.
"HE TALKS THEIR LANGUAGE," he said in a hoarse, mysterious voice.
"The animals' language?" I cried.
"Why certainly," said Matthew. "All animals have some kind of a
language. Some sorts talk more than others; some only speak in
sign-language, like deaf-and-dumb. But the Doctor, he understands
them all--birds as well as animals. We keep it a secret though,
him and me, because folks only laugh at you when you speak of it.
Why, he can even write animal-language. He reads aloud to his
pets. He's wrote history-books in monkey-talk, poetry in canary
language and comic songs for magpies to sing. It's a fact. He's
now busy learning the language of the shellfish. But he says it's
hard work--and he has caught some terrible colds, holding his
head under water so much. He's a great man."
"He certainly must be," I said. "I do wish he were home so I
could meet him."
"Well, there's his house, look," said the cat's, meat-man--"that
little one at the bend in the road there--the one high up-- like
it was sitting on the wall above the street."
We were now come beyond the edge of the town. And the house that
Matthew pointed out was quite a small one standing by itself.
There seemed to be a big garden around it; and this garden was
much higher than the road, so you had to go up a flight of steps
in the wall before you reached the front gate at the top. I could
see that there were many fine fruit trees in the garden, for
their branches hung down over the wall in places. But the wall
was so high I could not see anything else.
When we reached the house Matthew went up the steps to the front
gate and I followed him. I thought he was going to go into the
garden; but the gate was locked. A dog came running down from
the house; and he took several pieces of meat which the
cat's-meat-man pushed through the bars of the gate, and some
paper bags full of corn and bran, I noticed that this dog did not
stop to eat the meat, as any ordinary dog would have done, but he
took all the things back to the house and disappeared. He had a
curious wide collar round his neck which looked as though it were
made of brass or something. Then we came away.
"The Doctor isn't back yet," said Matthew, "or the gate wouldn't
be locked."
"What were all those things in paper-bags you gave the dog?" I
asked.
"Oh, those were provisions," said Matthew--"things for the
animals to eat. The Doctor's house is simply full of pets. I
give the things to the dog, while the Doctor's away, and the dog
gives them to the other animals."
"And what was that curious collar he was wearing round his neck?"
"That's a solid gold dog-collar," said Matthew. "It was given to
him when he was with the Doctor on one of his voyages long ago.
He saved a man's life."
"How long has the Doctor had him?" I asked.
"Oh, a long time. Jip's getting pretty old now. That's why the
Doctor doesn't take him on his voyages any more. He leaves him
behind to take care of the house. Every Monday and Thursday I
bring the food to the gate here and give it him through the bars.
He never lets any one come inside the garden while the Doctor's
away--not even me, though he knows me well. But you'll always be
able to tell if the Doctor's back or not-- because if he is, the
gate will surely be open."
So I went off home to my father's house and put my squirrel to
bed in an old wooden box full of straw. And there I nursed him
myself and took care of him as best I could till the time should
come when the Doctor would return. And every day I went to the
little house with the big garden on the edge of the town and
tried the gate to see if it were locked. Sometimes the dog, Jip,
would come down to the gate to meet me. But though he always
wagged his tail and seemed glad to see me, he never let me come
inside the garden.
THE THIRD CHAPTER
THE DOCTOR'S HOME
ONE Monday afternoon towards the end of April my father asked me
to take some shoes which he had mended to a house on the other
side of the town. They were for a Colonel Bellowes who was very
particular.
I found the house and rang the bell at the front door. The
Colonel opened it, stuck out a very red face and said, "Go round
to the tradesmen's entrance--go to the back door." Then he
slammed the door shut.
I felt inclined to throw the shoes into the middle of his
flower-bed. But I thought my father might be angry, so I didn't.
I went round to the back door, and there the Colonel's wife met
me and took the shoes from me. She looked a timid little woman
and had her hands all over flour as though she were making bread.
She seemed to be terribly afraid of her husband whom I could
still hear stumping round the house somewhere, grunting
indignantly because I had come to the front door. Then she asked
me in a whisper if I would have a bun and a glass of milk. And I
said, "Yes, please." After I had eaten the bun and milk, I
thanked the Colonel's wife and came away. Then I thought that
before I went home I would go and see if the Doctor had come back
yet. I had been to his house once already that morning. But I
thought I'd just like to go and take another look. My squirrel
wasn't getting any better and I was beginning to be worried about
him.
So I turned into the Oxenthorpe Road and started off towards the
Doctor's house. On the way I noticed that the sky was clouding
over and that it looked as though it might rain.
I reached the gate and found it still locked. I felt very
discouraged. I had been coming here every day for a week now.
The dog, Jip, came to the gate and wagged his tail as usual, and
then sat down and watched me closely to see that I didn't get in.
I began to fear that my squirrel would die before the Doctor came
back. I turned away sadly, went down the steps on to the road and
turned towards home again.
I wondered if it were supper-time yet. Of course I had no watch
of my own, but I noticed a gentleman coming towards me down the
road; and when he got nearer I saw it was the Colonel out for a
walk. He was all wrapped up in smart overcoats and mufflers and
bright-colored gloves. It was not a very cold day but he had so
many clothes on he looked like a pillow inside a roll of
blankets. I asked him if he would please tell me the time.
He stopped, grunted and glared down at me--his red face growing
redder still; and when he spoke it sounded like the cork coming
out of a gingerbeer-bottle.
"Do you imagine for one moment," he spluttered, "that I am going
to get myself all unbuttoned just to tell a little boy like you
THE TIME!" And he went stumping down the street, grunting harder
than ever.
I stood still a moment looking after him and wondering how old I
would have to be, to have him go to the trouble of getting his
watch out. And then, all of a sudden, the rain came down in
torrents.
I have never seen it rain so hard. It got dark, almost like
night. The wind began to blow; the thunder rolled; the lightning
flashed, and in a moment the gutters of the road were flowing
like a river. There was no place handy to take shelter, so I put
my head down against the driving wind and started to run towards
home.
I hadn't gone very far when my head bumped into something soft
and I sat down suddenly on the pavement. I looked up to see whom
I had run into. And there in front of me, sitting on the wet
pavement like myself, was a little round man with a very kind
face. He wore a shabby high hat and in his hand he had a small
black bag.
"I'm very sorry," I said. "I had my head down and I didn't see
you coming."
To my great surprise, instead of getting angry at being knocked
down, the little man began to laugh.
"You know this reminds me," he said, "of a time once when I was
in India. I ran full tilt into a woman in a thunderstorm. But
she was carrying a pitcher of molasses on her head and I had
treacle in my hair for weeks afterwards--the flies followed me
everywhere. I didn't hurt you, did 1?"
"No," I said. "I'm all right."
"It was just as much my fault as it was yours, you know," said
the little man. "I had my head down too--but look here, we
mustn't sit talking like this. You must be soaked. I know I am.
How far have you got to go?"
"My home is on the other side of the town," I said, as we picked
ourselves up.
"My Goodness, but that was a wet pavement!" said he. "And I
declare it's coming down worse than ever. Come along to my house
and get dried. A storm like this can't last."
He took hold of my hand and we started running back down the road
together. As we ran I began to wonder who this funny little man
could be, and where he lived. I was a perfect stranger to him,
and yet he was taking me to his own home to get dried. Such a
change, after the old red-faced Colonel who had refused even to
tell me the time! Presently we stopped.
"Here we are," he said.
I looked up to see where we were and found myself back at the
foot of the steps leading to the little house with the big
garden! My new friend was already running up the steps and
opening the gate with some keys he took from his pocket.
"Surely," I thought, "this cannot be the great Doctor Dolittle
himself!"
I suppose after hearing so much about him I had expected some one
very tall and strong and marvelous. It was hard to believe that
this funny little man with the kind smiling face could be really
he. Yet here he was, sure enough, running up the steps and
opening the very gate which I had been watching for so many days!
The dog, Jip, came rushing out and started jumping up on him and
barking with happiness. The rain was splashing down heavier than
ever.
"Are you Doctor Dolittle?" I shouted as we sped up the short
garden-path to the house.
"Yes, I'm Doctor Dolittle," said he, opening the front door with
the same bunch of keys. "Get in! Don't bother about wiping your
feet. Never mind the mud. Take it in with you. Get in out of
the rain!"
I popped in, he and Jip following. Then he slammed the door to
behind us.
The storm had made it dark enough outside; but inside the house,
with the door closed, it was as black as night. Then began the
most extraordinary noise that I have ever heard. It sounded like
all sorts and kinds of animals and birds calling and squeaking
and screeching at the same time. I could hear things trundling
down the stairs and hurrying along passages. Somewhere in the
dark a duck was quacking, a cock was crowing, a dove was cooing,
an owl was hooting, a lamb was bleating and Jip was barking. I
felt birds' wings fluttering and fanning near my face. Things
kept bumping into my legs and nearly upsetting me. The whole
front hall seemed to be filling up with animals. The noise,
together with the roaring of the rain, was tremendous; and I was
beginning to grow a little bit scared when I felt the Doctor take
hold of my arm and shout into my ear.
"Don't be alarmed. Don't be frightened. These are just some of
my pets. I've been away three months and they are glad to see me
home again. Stand still where you are till I strike a light. My
Gracious, what a storm!-- Just listen to that thunder!"
So there I stood in the pitch-black dark, while all kinds of
animals which I couldn't see chattered and jostled around me. It
was a curious and a funny feeling. I had often wondered, when I
had looked in from the front gate, what Doctor Dolittle would be
like and what the funny little house would have inside it. But I
never imagined it would be anything like this. Yet somehow after
I had felt the Doctor's hand upon my arm I was not frightened,
only confused. It all seemed like some queer dream; and I was
beginning to wonder if I was really awake, when I heard the
Doctor speaking again:
"My blessed matches are all wet. They won't strike. Have you got
any?"
"No, I'm afraid I haven't," I called back.
"Never mind," said he. "Perhaps Dab-Dab can raise us a light
somewhere."
Then the Doctor made some funny clicking noises with his tongue
and I heard some one trundle up the stairs again and start moving
about in the rooms above.
Then we waited quite a while without anything happening.
"Will the light be long in coming?" I asked. "Some animal is
sitting on my foot and my toes are going to sleep."
"No, only a minute," said the Doctor. "She'll be back in a
minute."
And just then I saw the first glimmerings of a light around the
landing above. At once all the animals kept quiet.
"I thought you lived alone," I said to the Doctor. "So I do,"
said he. "It is Dab-Dab who is bringing the light."
I looked up the stairs trying to make out who was coming. I
could not see around the landing but I heard the most curious
footstep on the upper flight. It sounded like some one hopping
down from one step to the other, as though he were using only one
leg.
As the light came lower, it grew brighter and began to throw
strange jumping shadows on the walls.
"Ah-at last!" said the Doctor. "Good old Dab-Dab!"
And then I thought I REALLY must be dreaming. For there, craning
her neck round the bend of the landing, hopping down the stairs
on one leg, came a spotless white duck. And in her right foot she
carried a lighted candle!
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
THE WIFF-WAFF
WHEN at last I could look around me I found that the hall was
indeed simply full of animals. It seemed to me that almost every
kind of creature from the countryside must be there: a pigeon, a
white rat, an owl, a badger, a jackdaw-- there was even a small
pig, just in from the rainy garden, carefully wiping his feet on
the mat while the light from the candle glistened on his wet pink
back.
The Doctor took the candlestick from the duck and turned to me.
"Look here," he said: "you must get those wet clothes off-- by
the way, what is your name?"
"Tommy Stubbins," I said.
"Oh, are you the son of Jacob Stubbins, the shoemaker?"
"Yes," I said.
"Excellent bootmaker, your father," said the Doctor. "You see
these?" and he held up his right foot to show me the enormous
boots he was wearing. "Your father made me those boots four years
ago, and I've been wearing them ever since--perfectly wonderful
boots--Well now, look here, Stubbins. You 've got to change
those wet things and quick. Wait a moment till I get some more
candles lit, and then we'll go upstairs and find some dry
clothes. You'll have to wear an old suit of mine till we can get
yours dry again by the kitchen-fire."
So presently when more candles had been lighted round different
parts of the house, we went upstairs; and when we had come into a
bedroom the Doctor opened a big wardrobe and took out two suits
of old clothes. These we put on. Then we carried our wet ones
down to the kitchen and started a fire in the big chimney. The
coat of the Doctor's which I was wearing was so large for me that
I kept treading on my own coat-tails while I was helping to fetch
the wood up from the cellar. But very soon we had a huge big fire
blazing up the chimney and we hung our wet clothes around on
chairs.
"Now let's cook some supper," said the Doctor.--" You'll stay and
have supper with me, Stubbins, of course?"
Already I was beginning to be very fond of this funny little man
who called me "Stubbins," instead of "Tommy" or "little lad" (I
did so hate to be called "little lad"!) This man seemed to begin
right away treating me as though I were a grown-up friend of his.
And when he asked me to stop and have supper with him I felt
terribly proud and happy. But I suddenly remembered that I had
not told my mother that I would be out late. So very sadly I
answered,
"Thank you very much. I would like to stay, but I am afraid that
my mother will begin to worry and wonder where I am if I don't
get back."
"Oh, but my dear Stubbins," said the Doctor, throwing another log
of wood on the fire, "your clothes aren't dry yet. You'll have to
wait for them, won't you? By the time they are ready to put on
we will have supper cooked and eaten-- Did you see where I put my
bag?"
"I think it is still in the hall," I said. "I'll go and see."
I found the bag near the front door. It was made of black
leather and looked very, very old. One of its latches was broken
and it was tied up round the middle with a piece of string.
"Thank you," said the Doctor when I brought it to him.
"Was that bag all the luggage you had for your voyage?" I asked.
"Yes," said the Doctor, as he undid the piece of string. "I don't
believe in a lot of baggage. It's such a nuisance. Life's too
short to fuss with it. And it isn't really necessary, you
know--Where DID I put those sausages?"
The Doctor was feeling about inside the bag. First he brought
out a loaf of new bread. Next came a glass jar with a curious
metal top to it. He held this up to the light very carefully
before he set it down upon the table; and I could see that there
was some strange little water-creature swimming about inside. At
last the Doctor brought out a pound of sausages.
"Now," he said, "all we want is a frying-pan."
We went into the scullery and there we found some pots and pans
hanging against the wall. The Doctor took down the frying-pan.
It was quite rusty on the inside.
"Dear me, just look at that!" said he. "That's the worst of
being away so long. The animals are very good and keep the house
wonderfully clean as far as they can. Dab-Dab is a perfect
marvel as a housekeeper. But some things of course they can't
manage. Never mind, we'll soon clean it up. You'll find some
silver-sand down there, under the sink, Stubbins. Just hand it
up to me, will you?"
In a few moments we had the pan all shiny and bright and the
sausages were put over the kitchen-fire and a beautiful frying
smell went all through the house.
While the Doctor was busy at the cooking I went and took another
look at the funny little creature swimming about in the glass
jar.
"What is this animal?" I asked.
"Oh that," said the Doctor, turning round--"that's a Wiff-Waff.
Its full name is hippocampus Pippitopitus. But the natives just
call it a Wiff-Waff--on account of the way it waves its tail,
swimming, I imagine. That's what I went on this last voyage for,
to get that. You see I'm very busy just now trying to learn the
language of the shellfish. They HAVE languages, of that I feel
sure. I can talk a little shark language and porpoise dialect
myself. But what I particularly want to learn now is shellfish."
"Why?" I asked.
"Well, you see, some of the shellfish are the oldest kind of
animals in the world that we know of. We find their shells in
the rocks--turned to stone--thousands of years old. So I feel
quite sure that if I could only get to talk their language, I
should be able to learn a whole lot about what the world was like
ages and ages and ages ago. You see?"
"But couldn't some of the other animals tell you as well?"
"I don't think so," said the Doctor, prodding the sausages with a
fork. "To be sure, the monkeys I knew in Africa some time ago
were very helpful in telling me about bygone days; but they only
went back a thousand years or so. No, I am certain that the
oldest history in the world is to be had from the shellfish--and
from them only. You see most of the other animals that were alive
in those very ancient times have now become extinct."
"Have you learned any shellfish language yet?" I asked.
"No. I've only just begun. I wanted this particular kind of a
pipe-fish because he is half a shellfish and half an ordinary
fish. I went all the way to the Eastern Mediterranean after him.
But I'm very much afraid he isn't going to be a great deal of
help to me. To tell you the truth, I'm rather disappointed in his
appearance. He doesn't LOOK very intelligent, does he?"
"No, he doesn't," I agreed.
"Ah," said the Doctor. "The sausages are done to a turn. Come
along--hold your plate near and let me give you some."
Then we sat down at the kitchen-table and started a hearty meal.
It was a wonderful kitchen, that. I had many meals there
afterwards and I found it a better place to eat in than the
grandest dining-room in the world. It was so cozy and home-like
and warm. It was so handy for the food too. You took it right
off the fire, hot, and put it on the table and ate it. And you
could watch your toast toasting at the fender and see it didn't
burn while you drank your soup. And if you had forgotten to put
the salt on the table, you didn't have to get up and go into
another room to fetch it; you just reached round and took the big
wooden box off the dresser behind you. Then the fireplace--the
biggest fireplace you ever saw-- was like a room in itself. You
could get right inside it even when the logs were burning and sit
on the wide seats either side and roast chestnuts after the meal
was over--or listen to the kettle singing, or tell stories, or
look at picture-books by the light of the fire. It was a
marvelous kitchen. It was like the Doctor, comfortable, sensible,
friendly and solid.
While we were gobbling away, the door suddenly opened and in
marched the duck, Dab-Dab, and the dog, Jip, dragging sheets and
pillow-cases behind them over the clean tiled floor. The Doctor,
seeing how surprised I was, explained:
"They're just going to air the bedding for me in front of the
fire. Dab-Dab is a perfect treasure of a housekeeper; she never
forgets anything. I had a sister once who used to keep house for
me (poor, dear Sarah! I wonder how she's getting on--I haven't
seen her in many years). But she wasn't nearly as good as
Dab-Dab. Have another sausage?"
The Doctor turned and said a few words to the dog and duck in
some strange talk and signs. They seemed to understand him
perfectly.
"Can you talk in squirrel language?" I asked.
"Oh yes. That's quite an easy language," said the Doctor. "You
could learn that yourself without a great deal of trouble. But
why do you ask?"
"Because I have a sick squirrel at home," I said. "I took it away
from a hawk. But two of its legs are badly hurt and I wanted
very much to have you see it, if you would. Shall I bring it
to-morrow?"
"Well, if its leg is badly broken I think I had better see it
to-night. It may be too late to do much; but I'll come home with
you and take a look at it."
So presently we felt the clothes by the fire and mine were found
to be quite dry. I took them upstairs to the bedroom and
changed, and when I came down the Doctor was all ready waiting
for me with his little black bag full of medicines and bandages.
"Come along," he said. "The rain has stopped now."
Outside it had grown bright again and the evening sky was all red
with the setting sun; and thrushes were singing in the garden as
we opened the gate to go down on to the road.
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
POLYNESIA
THINK your house is the most interesting house I was ever in," I
said as we set off in the direction of the town. "May I come and
see you again to-morrow?"
"Certainly," said the Doctor. "Come any day you like. To-morrow
I'll show you the garden and my private zoo."
"Oh, have you a zoo?" I asked.
"Yes," said he. "The larger animals are too big for the house,
so I keep them in a zoo in the garden. It is not a very big
collection but it is interesting in its way."
"It must be splendid," I said, "to be able to talk all the
languages of the different animals. Do you think I could ever
learn to do it?"
"Oh surely," said the Doctor--"with practise. You have to be
very patient, you know. You really ought to have Polynesia to
start you. It was she who gave me my first lessons."
"Who is Polynesia?" I asked.
"Polynesia was a West African parrot I had. She isn't with me
any more now," said the Doctor sadly.
"Why--is she dead?"
"Oh no," said the Doctor. "She is still living, I hope. But when
we reached Africa she seemed so glad to get back to her own
country. She wept for joy. And when the time came for me to
come back here I had not the heart to take her away from that
sunny land--although, it is true, she did offer to come. I left
her in Africa--Ah well! I have missed her terribly. She wept
again when we left. But I think I did the right thing. She was
one of the best friends I ever had. It was she who first gave me
the idea of learning the animal languages and becoming an animal
doctor. I often wonder if she remained happy in Africa, and
whether I shall ever see her funny, old, solemn face again-- Good
old Polynesia!--A most extraordinary bird--Well, well!"
Just at that moment we heard the noise of some one running behind
us; and turning round we saw Jip the dog rushing down the road
after us, as fast as his legs could bring him. He seemed very
excited about something, and as soon as he came up to us, he
started barking and whining to the Doctor in a peculiar way. Then
the Doctor too seemed to get all worked up and began talking and
making queer signs to the dog. At length he turned to me, his
face shining with happiness.
"Polynesia has come back!" he cried. "Imagine it. Jip says she
has just arrived at the house. My! And it's five years since I
saw her-- Excuse me a minute."
He turned as if to go back home. But the parrot, Polynesia, was
already flying towards us. The Doctor clapped his hands like a
child getting a new toy; while the swarm of sparrows in the
roadway fluttered, gossiping, up on to the fences, highly
scandalized to see a gray and scarlet parrot skimming down an
English lane.
On she came, straight on to the Doctor's shoulder, where she
immediately began talking a steady stream in a language I could
not understand. She seemed to have a terrible lot to say. And
very soon the Doctor had forgotten all about me and my squirrel
and Jip and everything else; till at length the bird clearly
asked him something about me.
"Oh excuse me, Stubbins!" said the Doctor. "I was so interested
listening to my old friend here. We must get on and see this
squirrel of yours--Polynesia, this is Thomas Stubbins."
The parrot, on the Doctor's shoulder, nodded gravely towards me
and then, to my great surprise, said quite plainly in English,
"How do you do? I remember the night you were born. It was a
terribly cold winter. You were a very ugly baby."
"Stubbins is anxious to learn animal language," said the Doctor.
"I was just telling him about you and the lessons you gave me
when Jip ran up and told us you had arrived."
"Well," said the parrot, turning to me, "I may have started the
Doctor learning but I never could have done even that, if he
hadn't first taught me to understand what I was saying when I
spoke English. You see, many parrots can talk like a person, but
very few of them understand what they are saying. They just say
it because--well, because they fancy it is smart or, because they
know they will get crackers given them."
By this time we had turned and were going towards my home with
Jip running in front and Polynesia still perched on the Doctor's
shoulder. The bird chattered incessantly, mostly about Africa;
but now she spoke in English, out of politeness to me.
"How is Prince Bumpo getting on?" asked the Doctor.
"Oh, I'm glad you asked me," said Polynesia. "I almost forgot to
tell you. What do you think?--BUMPO IS IN ENGLAND!"
"In England!--You don't say!" cried the Doctor. "What on earth
is he doing here?"
"His father, the king, sent him here to a place
called--er--Bullford, I think it was--to study lessons."
"Bullford!--Bullford!" muttered the Doctor. "I never heard of
the place--Oh, you mean Oxford."
"Yes, that's the place--Oxford," said Polynesia "I knew it had
cattle in it somewhere. Oxford--that's the place he's gone to."
"Well, well," murmured the Doctor. "Fancy Bumpo studying at
Oxford--Well, well!"
"There were great doings in Jolliginki when he left. He was
scared to death to come. He was the first man from that country
to go abroad. He thought he was going to be eaten by white
cannibals or something. You know what those niggers are--that
ignorant! Well!--But his father made him come. He said that all
the black kings were sending their sons to Oxford now. It was the
fashion, and he would have to go. Bumpo wanted to bring his six
wives with him. But the king wouldn't let him do that either.
Poor Bumpo went off in tears--and everybody in the palace was
crying too. You never heard such a hullabaloo."
"Do you know if he ever went back in search of The Sleeping
Beauty?" asked the Doctor.
"Oh yes," said Polynesia--"the day after you left. And a good
thing for him he did: the king got to know about his helping you
to escape; and he was dreadfully wild about it."
"And The Sleeping Beauty?--did he ever find her?"
"Well, he brought back something which he SAID was The Sleeping
Beauty. Myself, I think it was an albino niggeress. She had red
hair and the biggest feet you ever saw. But Bumpo was no end
pleased with her and finally married her amid great rejoicings.
The feastings lasted seven days. She became his chief wife and is
now known out there as the Crown-Princess BumPAH--you accent the
last syllable."
"And tell me, did he remain white?"
"Only for about three months," said the parrot. "After that his
face slowly returned to its natural color. It was just as well.
He was so conspicuous in his bathing-suit the way he was, with
his face white and the rest of him black."
"And how is Chee-Chee getting on?--Chee-Chee," added the Doctor
in explanation to me, "was a pet monkey I had years ago. I left
him too in Africa when I came away."
"Well," said Polynesia frowning,--"Chee-Chee is not entirely
happy. I saw a good deal of him the last few years. He got
dreadfully homesick for you and the house and the garden. It's
funny, but I was just the same way myself. You remember how crazy
I was to get back to the dear old land? And Africa IS a wonderful
country--I don't care what anybody says. Well, I thought I was
going to have a perfectly grand time. But somehow--I don't
know--after a few weeks it seemed to get tiresome. I just
couldn't seem to settle down. Well, to make a long story short,
one night I made up my mind that I'd come back here and find you.
So I hunted up old Chee-Chee and told him about it. He said he
didn't blame me a bit--felt exactly the same way himself. Africa
was so deadly quiet after the life we had led with you. He missed
the stories you used to tell us out of your animal books-- and
the chats we used to have sitting round the kitchen-fire on
winter nights. The, animals out there were very nice to us and
all that. But somehow the dear kind creatures seemed a bit
stupid. Chee-Chee said he had noticed it too. But I suppose it
wasn't they who had changed; it was we who were different. When I
left, poor old Chee-Chee broke down and cried. He said he felt as
though his only friend were leaving him-- though, as you know, he
has simply millions of relatives there. He said it didn't seem
fair that I should have wings to fly over here any time I liked,
and him with no way to follow me. But mark my words, I wouldn't
be a bit surprised if he found a way to come--some day. He's a
smart lad, is Chee-Chee."
At this point we arrived at my home. My father's shop was closed
and the shutters were up; but my mother was standing at the door
looking down the street.
"Good evening, Mrs. Stubbins," said the Doctor. "It is my fault
your son is so late. I made him stay to supper while his clothes
were drying. He was soaked to the skin; and so was I. We ran into
one another in the storm and I insisted on his coming into my
house for shelter."
"I was beginning to get worried about him," said my mother. "I am
thankful to you, Sir, for looking after him so well and bringing
him home."
"Don't mention it--don't mention it," said the Doctor. "We have
had a very interesting chat."
"Who might it be that I have the honor of addressing?" asked my
mother staring at the gray parrot perched on the Doctor's
shoulder.
"Oh, I'm John Dolittle. I dare say your husband will remember
me. He made me some very excellent boots about four years ago.
They really are splendid," added the Doctor, gazing down at his
feet with great satisfaction.
"The Doctor has come to cure my squirrel, Mother," said I. "He
knows all about animals."
"Oh, no," said the Doctor, "not all, Stubbins, not all about them
by any means."
"It is very kind of you to come so far to look after his pet,"
said my mother. "Tom is always bringing home strange creatures
from the woods and the fields."
"Is he?" said the Doctor. "Perhaps he will grow up to be a
naturalist some day. Who knows?"
"Won't you come in?" asked my mother. "The place is a little
untidy because I haven't finished the spring cleaning yet. But
there's a nice fire burning in the parlor."
"Thank you!" said the Doctor. "What a charming home you have!"
And after wiping his enormous boots very, very carefully on the
mat, the great man passed into the house.
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE WOUNDED SQUIRREL
INSIDE we found my father busy practising on the flute beside the
fire. This he always did, every evening, after his work was over.
The Doctor immediately began talking to him about flutes and
piccolos and bassoons; and presently my father said,
"Perhaps you perform upon the flute yourself, Sir. Won't you
play us a tune?"
"Well," said the Doctor, "it is a long time since I touched the
instrument. But I would like to try. May I?"
Then the Doctor took the flute from my father and played and
played and played. It was wonderful. My mother and father sat
as still as statues, staring up at the ceiling as though they
were in church; and even I, who didn't bother much about music
except on the mouth-organ-- even I felt all sad and cold and
creepy and wished I had been a better boy.
"Oh I think that was just beautiful!" sighed my mother when at
length the Doctor stopped.
"You are a great musician, Sir," said my father, "a very great
musician. Won't you please play us something else?"
"Why certainly," said the Doctor--"Oh, but look here, I've
forgotten all about the squirrel."
"I'll show him to you," I said. "He is upstairs in my room."
So I led the Doctor to my bedroom at the top of the house and
showed him the squirrel in the packing-case filled with straw.
The animal, who had always seemed very much afraid of me-- though
I had tried hard to make him feel at home, sat up at once when
the Doctor came into the room and started to chatter. The Doctor
chattered back in the same way and the squirrel when he was
lifted up to have his leg examined, appeared to be rather pleased
than frightened.
I held a candle while the Doctor tied the leg up in what he
called "splints," which he made out of match-sticks with his
pen-knife.
"I think you will find that his leg will get better now in a very
short time," said the Doctor closing up his bag. "Don't let him
run about for at least two weeks yet, but keep him in the open
air and cover him up with dry leaves if the nights get cool. He
tells me he is rather lonely here, all by himself, and is
wondering how his wife and children are getting on. I have
assured him you are a man to be trusted; and I will send a
squirrel who lives in my garden to find out how his family are
and to bring him news of them. He must be kept cheerful at all
costs. Squirrels are naturally a very cheerful, active race. It
is very hard for them to lie still doing nothing. But you needn't
worry about him. He will be all right."
Then we went back again to the parlor and my mother and father
kept him playing the flute till after ten o'clock.
Although my parents both liked the Doctor tremendously from the
first moment that they saw him, and were very proud to have him
come and play to us (for we were really terribly poor) they did
not realize then what a truly great man he was one day to become.
Of course now, when almost everybody in the whole world has heard
about Doctor Dolittle and his books, if you were to go to that
little house in Puddleby where my father had his cobbler's shop
you would see, set in the wall over the old-fashioned door, a
stone with writing on it which says: "JOHN DOLITTLE, THE FAMOUS
NATURALIST, PLAYED THE FLUTE IN THIS HOUSE IN THE YEAR 1839."
I often look back upon that night long, long ago. And if I close
my eyes and think hard I can see that parlor just as it was then:
a funny little man in coat-tails, with a round kind face, playing
away on the flute in front of the fire; my mother on one side of
him and my father on the other, holding their breath and
listening with their eyes shut; myself, with Jip, squatting on
the carpet at his feet, staring into the coals; and Polynesia
perched on the mantlepiece beside his shabby high hat, gravely
swinging her head from side to side in time to the music. I see
it all, just as though it were before me now.
And then I remember how, after we had seen the Doctor out at the
front door, we all came back into the parlor and talked about him
till it was still later; and even after I did go to bed (I had
never stayed up so late in my life before) I dreamed about him
and a band of strange clever animals that played flutes and
fiddles and drums the whole night through.
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
SHELLFISH TALK
THE next morning, although I had gone to bed so late the night
before, I was up frightfully early. The first sparrows were just
beginning to chirp sleepily on the slates outside my attic window
when I jumped out of bed and scrambled into my clothes.
I could hardly wait to get back to the little house with the big
garden--to see the Doctor and his private zoo. For the first time
in my life I forgot all about breakfast; and creeping down the
stairs on tip-toe, so as not to wake my mother and father, I
opened the front door and popped out into the empty, silent
street.
When I got to the Doctor's gate I suddenly thought that perhaps
it was too early to call on any one: and I began to wonder if
the Doctor would be up yet. I looked into the garden. No one
seemed to be about. So I opened the gate quietly and went inside.
As I turned to the left to go down a path between some hedges, I
heard a voice quite close to me say,
"Good morning. How early you are!"
I turned around, and there, sitting on the top of a privet hedge,
was the gray parrot, Polynesia.
"Good morning," I said. "I suppose I am rather early. Is the
Doctor still in bed?"
"Oh no," said Polynesia. "He has been up an hour and a half.
You'll find him in the house somewhere. The front door is open.
Just push it and go in, He is sure to be in the kitchen cooking
breakfast--or working in his study. Walk right in. I am waiting
to see the sun rise. But upon my word I believe it's forgotten
to rise. It is an awful climate, this. Now if we were in Africa
the world would be blazing with sunlight at this hour of the
morning. Just see that mist rolling over those cabbages. It is
enough to give you rheumatism to look at it. Beastly
climate--Beastly! Really I don't know why anything but frogs
ever stay in England--Well, don't let me keep you. Run along and
see the Doctor."
"Thank you," I said. "I'll go and look for him."
When I opened the front door I could smell bacon frying, so I
made my way to the kitchen. There I discovered a large kettle
boiling away over the fire and some bacon and eggs in a dish upon
the hearth. It seemed to me that the bacon was getting all dried
up with the heat. So I pulled the dish a little further away from
the fire and went on through the house looking for the Doctor.
I found him at last in the Study. I did not know then that it
was called the Study. It was certainly a very interesting room,
with telescopes and microscopes and all sorts of other strange
things which I did not understand about but wished I did. Hanging
on the walls were pictures of animals and fishes and strange
plants and collections of birds' eggs and sea-shells in glass
cases.
The Doctor was standing at the main table in his dressing-gown.
At first I thought he was washing his face. He had a square
glass box before him full of water. He was holding one ear under
the water while he covered the other with his left hand. As I
came in he stood up.
"Good morning, Stubbins," said he. "Going to be a nice day,
don't you think? I've just been listening to the Wiff-Waff. But
he is very disappointing--very."
"Why?" I said. "Didn't you find that he has any language at
all?"
"Oh yes," said the Doctor, "he has a language. But it is such a
poor language--only a few words, like 'yes' and 'no'--'hot' and
'cold.' That's all he can say. It's very disappointing. You see
he really belongs to two different families of fishes. I thought
he was going to be tremendously helpful--Well, well!"
"I suppose," said I, "that means he hasn't very much sense if his
language is only two or three words?"
"Yes, I suppose it does. Possibly it is the kind of life he
leads. You see, they are very rare now, these Wiff-Waffs--very
rare and very solitary. They swim around in the deepest parts of
the ocean entirely by themselves-- always alone. So I presume
they really don't need to talk much."
"Perhaps some kind of a bigger shellfish would talk more," I
said. "After all, he is very small, isn't he?"
"Yes," said the Doctor, "that's true. Oh I have no doubt that
there are shellfish who are good talkers--not the least doubt.
But the big shellfish--the biggest of them, are so hard to catch.
They are only to be found in the deep parts of the sea; and as
they don't swim very much, but just crawl along the floor of the
ocean most of the time, they are very seldom taken in nets. I do
wish I could find some way of going down to the bottom of the
sea. I could learn a lot if I could only do that. But we are
forgetting all about breakfast--Have you had, breakfast yet,
Stubbins?"
I told the Doctor that I had forgotten all about it and he at
once led the way into the kitchen.
"Yes," he said, as he poured the hot water from the kettle into
the tea-pot, "if a man could only manage to get right down to the
bottom of the sea, and live there a while, he would discover some
wonderful things-- things that people have never dreamed of."
"But men do go down, don't they?" I asked--"divers and people
like that?"
"Oh yes, to be sure," said the Doctor. "Divers go down. I've
been down myself in a diving-suit, for that matter. But my!--they
only go where the sea is shallow. Divers can't go down where it
is really deep. What I would like to do is to go down to the
great depths--where it is miles deep--Well, well, I dare say I
shall manage it some day. Let me give you another cup of tea."
THE EIGHTH CHAPTER
ARE YOU A GOOD NOTICER?
JUST at that moment Polynesia came into the room and said
something to the Doctor in bird language. Of course I did not
understand what it was. But the Doctor at once put down his knife
and fork and left the room.
"You know it is an awful shame," said the parrot as soon as the
Doctor had closed the door. "Directly he comes back home, all
the animals over the whole countryside get to hear of it and
every sick cat and mangy rabbit for miles around comes to see him
and ask his advice. Now there's a big fat hare outside at the
back door with a squawking baby. Can she see the Doctor,
please!--Thinks it's going to have convulsions. Stupid little
thing's been eating Deadly Nightshade again, I suppose. The
animals are SO inconsiderate at times--especially the mothers.
They come round and call the Doctor away from his meals and wake
him out of his bed at all hours of the night. I don't know how
he stands it-- really I don't. Why, the poor man never gets any
peace at all! I've told him time and again to have special hours
for the animals to come. But he is so frightfully kind and
con-siderate. He never refuses to see them if there is anything
really wrong with them. He says the urgent cases must be seen at
once."
"Why don't some of the animals go and see the other doctors?" I
asked.
"Oh Good Gracious!" exclaimed the parrot, tossing her head
scornfully. "Why, there aren't any other animal-doctors--not real
doctors. Oh of course there ARE those vet persons, to be sure.
But, bless you, they're no good. You see, they can't understand
the animals' language; so how can you expect them to be any use?
Imagine yourself, or your father, going to see a doctor who could
not understand a word you say--nor even tell you in your own
language what you must do to get well! Poof!--those vets!
They're that stupid, you've no idea!--Put the Doctor's bacon down
by the fire, will you?--to keep hot till he comes back."
"Do you think I would ever be able to learn the language of the
animals?" I asked, laying the plate upon the hearth.
"Well, it all depends," said Polynesia. "Are you clever at
lessons?"
"I don't know," I answered, feeling rather ashamed. "You see,
I've never been to school. My father is too poor to send me."
"Well," said the parrot, "I don't suppose you have really missed
much-- to judge from what I have seen of school-boys. But listen:
are you a good noticer?--Do you notice things well? I mean, for
instance, supposing you saw two cock-starlings on an apple-tree,
and you only took one good look at them-- would you be able to
tell one from the other if you saw them again the next day?"
"I don't know," I said. "I've never tried."
"Well that," said Polynesia, brushing some crumbs off the corner
of the table with her left foot--"that is what you call powers of
observation--noticing the small things about birds and animals:
the way they walk and move their heads and flip their wings; the
way they sniff the air and twitch their whiskers and wiggle their
tails. You have to notice all those little things if you want to
learn animal language. For you see, lots of the animals hardly
talk at all with their tongues; they use their breath or their
tails or their feet instead. That is because many of them, in the
olden days when lions and tigers were more plentiful, were afraid
to make a noise for fear the savage creatures heard them. Birds,
of course, didn't care; for they always had wings to fly away
with. But that is the first thing to remember: being a good
noticer is terribly important in learning animal language."
"It sounds pretty hard," I said.
"You'll have to be very patient," said Polynesia. "It takes a
long time to say even a few words properly. But if you come here
often I'll give you a few lessons myself. And once you get
started you'll be surprised how fast you get on. It would indeed
be a good thing if you could learn. Because then you could do
some of the work for the Doctor--I mean the easier work, like
bandaging and giving pills. Yes, yes, that's a good idea of
mine. 'Twould be a great thing if the poor man could get some
help--and some rest. It is a scandal the way he works. I see no
reason why you shouldn't be able to help him a great deal-- That
is, if you are really interested in animals."
"Oh, I'd love that!" I cried. "Do you think the Doctor would
let me?"
"Certainly," said Polynesia--"as soon as you have learned
something about doctoring. I'll speak of it to him myself--Sh!
I hear him coming. Quick--bring his bacon back on to the table."
THE NINTH CHAPTER
THE GARDEN OF DREAMS
WHEN breakfast was over the Doctor took me out to show me the
garden. Well, if the house had been interesting, the garden was a
hundred times more so. Of all the gardens I have ever seen that
was the most delightful, the most fascinating. At first you did
not realize how big it was. You never seemed to come to the end
of it. When at last you were quite sure that you had seen it
all, you would peer over a hedge, or turn a corner, or look up
some steps, and there was a whole new part you never expected to
find.
It had everything--everything a garden can have, or ever has had.
There were wide, wide lawns with carved stone seats, green with
moss. Over the lawns hung weeping-willows, and their feathery
bough-tips brushed the velvet grass when they swung with the
wind. The old flagged paths had high, clipped, yew hedges either
side of them, so that they looked like the narrow streets of some
old town; and through the hedges, doorways had been made; and
over the doorways were shapes like vases and peacocks and
half-moons all trimmed out of the living trees. There was a
lovely marble fish-pond with golden carp and blue water-lilies in
it and big green frogs. A high brick wall alongside the kitchen
garden was all covered with pink and yellow peaches ripening in
the sun. There was a wonderful great oak, hollow in the trunk,
big enough for four men to hide inside. Many summer-houses there
were, too--some of wood and some of stone; and one of them was
full of books to read. In a corner, among some rocks and ferns,
was an outdoor fire-place, where the Doctor used to fry liver and
bacon when he had a notion to take his meals in the open air.
There was a couch as well on which he used to sleep, it seems, on
warm summer nights when the nightingales were singing at their
best; it had wheels on it so it could be moved about under any
tree they sang in. But the thing that fascinated me most of all
was a tiny little tree-house, high up in the top branches of a
great elm, with a long rope ladder leading to it. The Doctor
told me he used it for looking at the moon and the stars through
a telescope.
It was the kind of a garden where you could wander and explore
for days and days--always coming upon something new, always glad
to find the old spots over again. That first time that I saw the
Doctor's garden I was so charmed by it that I felt I would like
to live in it--always and always-- and never go outside of it
again. For it had everything within its walls to give happiness,
to make living pleasant--to keep the heart at peace. It was the
Garden of Dreams.
One peculiar thing I noticed immediately I came into it; and that
was what a lot of birds there were about. Every tree seemed to
have two or three nests in it. And heaps of other wild creatures
appeared to be making themselves at home there, too. Stoats and
tortoises and dormice seemed to be quite common, and not in the
least shy. Toads of different colors and sizes hopped about the
lawn as though it belonged to them. Green lizards (which were
very rare in Puddleby) sat up on the stones in the sunlight and
blinked at us. Even snakes were to be seen.
"You need not be afraid of them," said the Doctor, noticing that
I started somewhat when a large black snake wiggled across the
path right in front of us. "These fellows are not poisonous.
They do a great deal of good in keeping down many kinds of
garden-pests. I play the flute to them sometimes in the evening.
They love it. Stand right up on their tails and carry on no end.
Funny thing, their taste for music."
"Why do all these animals come and live here?" I asked. "I never
saw a garden with so many creatures in it."
"Well, I suppose it's because they get the kind of food they
like; and nobody worries or disturbs them. And then, of course,
they know me. And if they or their children get sick I presume
they find it handy to be living in a doctor's garden--Look! You
see that sparrow on the sundial, swearing at the blackbird down
below? Well, he has been coming here every summer for years. He
comes from London. The country sparrows round about here are
always laughing at him. They say he chirps with such a Cockney
accent. He is a most amusing bird--very brave but very cheeky. He
loves nothing better than an argument, but he always ends it by
getting rude. He is a real city bird. In London he lives around
St. Paul's Cathedral. 'Cheapside,' we call him."
"Are all these birds from the country round here?" I asked.
"Most of them," said the Doctor. "But a few rare ones visit me
every year who ordinarily never come near England at all. For
instance, that handsome little fellow hovering over the
snapdragon there, he's a Ruby-throated Humming-bird. Comes from
America. Strictly speaking, he has no business in this climate
at all. It is too cool. I make him sleep in the kitchen at
night. Then every August, about the last week of the month, I
have a Purple Bird-of-Paradise come all the way from Brazil to
see me. She is a very great swell. Hasn't arrived yet of course.
And there are a few others, foreign birds from the tropics
mostly, who drop in on me in the course of the summer months. But
come, I must show you the zoo."
THE TENTH CHAPTER
THE PRIVATE ZOO
I DID not think there could be anything left in that garden which
we had not seen. But the Doctor took me by the arm and started
off down a little narrow path and after many windings and
twistings and turnings we found ourselves before a small door in
a high stone wall. The Doctor pushed it open.
Inside was still another garden. I had expected to find cages
with animals inside them. But there were none to be seen.
Instead there were little stone houses here and there all over
the garden; and each house had a window and a door. As we walked
in, many of these doors opened and animals came running out to us
evidently expecting food.
"Haven't the doors any locks on them?" I asked the Doctor.
"Oh yes," he said, "every door has a lock. But in my zoo the
doors open from the inside, not from the out. The locks are only
there so the animals can go and shut themselves in any time they
want to get away from the annoyance of other animals or from
people who might come here. Every animal in this zoo stays here
because he likes it, not because he is made to."
"They all look very happy and clean," I said. "Would you mind
telling me the names of some of them?"
"Certainly. Well now: that funny-looking thing with plates on
his back, nosing under the brick over there, is a South American
armadillo. The little chap talking to him is a Canadian
woodchuck. They both live in those holes you see at the foot of
the wall. The two little beasts doing antics in the pond are a
pair of Russian minks-- and that reminds me: I must go and get
them some herrings from the town before noon--it is early-closing
to-day. That animal just stepping out of his house is an
antelope, one of the smaller South African kinds. Now let us move
to the other side of those bushes there and I will show you some
more."
"Are those deer over there?" I asked.
"DEER!" said the Doctor. "Where do you mean?"
"Over there," I said, pointing--"nibbling the grass border of the
bed. There are two of them."
"Oh, that," said the Doctor with a smile. "That isn't two
animals: that's one animal with two heads--the only two-headed
animal in the world. It's called the 'pushmi-pullyu.' I brought
him from Africa. He's very tame-- acts as a kind of
night-watchman for my zoo. He only sleeps with one head at a
time, you see very handy--the other head stays awake all night."
"Have you any lions or tigers?" I asked as we moved on.
"No," said the Doctor. "It wouldn't be possible to keep them
here-- and I wouldn't keep them even if I could. If I had my
way, Stubbins, there wouldn't be a single lion or tiger in
captivity anywhere in the world. They never take to it. They're
never happy. They never settle down. They are always thinking of
the big countries they have left behind. You can see it in their
eyes, dreaming--dreaming always of the great open spaces where
they were born; dreaming of the deep, dark jungles where their
mothers first taught them how to scent and track the deer. And
what are they given in exchange for all this?" asked the Doctor,
stopping in his walk and growing all red and angry--"What are
they given in exchange for the glory of an African sunrise, for
the twilight breeze whispering through the palms, for the green
shade of the matted, tangled vines, for the cool, big-starred
nights of the desert, for the patter of the waterfall after a
hard day's hunt? What, I ask you, are they given in exchange for
THESE? Why, a bare cage with iron bars; an ugly piece of dead
meat thrust in to them once a day; and a crowd of fools to come
and stare at them with open mouths!--No, Stubbins. Lions and
tigers, the Big Hunters, should never, never be seen in zoos."
The Doctor seemed to have grown terribly serious--almost sad. But
suddenly his manner changed again and he took me by the arm with
his same old cheerful smile.
"But we haven't seen the butterfly-houses yet--nor the aquariums.
Come along. I am very proud of my butterfly-houses."
Off we went again and came presently into a hedged enclosure.
Here I saw several big huts made of fine wire netting, like
cages. Inside the netting all sorts of beautiful flowers were
growing in the sun, with butterflies skimming over them. The
Doctor pointed to the end of one of the huts where little boxes
with holes in them stood in a row.
"Those are the hatching-boxes," said he. "There I put the
different kinds of caterpillars. And as soon as they turn into
butterflies and moths they come out into these flower-gardens to
feed."
"Do butterflies have a language?" I asked.
"Oh I fancy they have," said the Doctor--"and the beetles too.
But so far I haven't succeeded in learning much about insect
languages. I have been too busy lately trying to master the
shellfish-talk. I mean to take it up though."
At that moment Polynesia joined us and said, "Doctor, there are
two guinea-pigs at the back door. They say they have run away
from the boy who kept them because they didn't get the right
stuff to eat. They want to know if you will take them in."
"All right," said the Doctor. "Show them the way to the zoo.
Give them the house on the left, near the gate--the one the black
fox had. Tell them what the rules are and give them a square
meal--Now, Stubbins, we will go on to the aquariums. And first of
all I must show you my big, glass, sea-water tank where I keep
the shellfish."
THE ELEVENTH CHAPTER
MY SCHOOLMASTER, POLYNESIA
WELL, there were not many days after that, you may be sure, when
I did not come to see my new friend. Indeed I was at his house
practically all day and every day. So that one evening my mother
asked me jokingly why I did not take my bed over there and live
at the Doctor's house altogether.
After a while I think I got to be quite useful to the Doctor,
feeding his pets for him; helping to make new houses and fences
for the zoo; assisting with the sick animals that came; doing all
manner of odd jobs about the place. So that although I enjoyed
it all very much (it was indeed like living in a new world) I
really think the Doctor would have missed me if I had not come so
often.
And all this time Polynesia came with me wherever I went,
teaching me bird language and showing me how to understand the
talking signs of the animals. At first I thought I would never be
able to learn at all--it seemed so difficult. But the old parrot
was wonderfully patient with me-- though I could see that
occasionally she had hard work to keep her temper.
Soon I began to pick up the strange chatter of the birds and to
understand the funny talking antics of the dogs. I used to
practise listening to the mice behind the wainscot after I went
to bed, and watching the cats on the roofs and pigeons in the
market-square of Puddleby.
And the days passed very quickly--as they always do when life is
pleasant; and the days turned into weeks, and weeks into months;
and soon the roses in the Doctor's garden were losing their
petals and yellow leaves lay upon the wide green lawn. For the
summer was nearly gone.
One day Polynesia and I were talking in the library. This was a
fine long room with a grand mantlepiece and the walls were
covered from the ceiling to the floor with shelves full of books:
books of stories, books on gardening, books about medicine, books
of travel; these I loved--and especially the Doctor's great atlas
with all its maps of the different countries of the world.
This afternoon Polynesia was showing me the books about animals
which John Dolittle had written himself.
"My!" I said, "what a lot of books the Doctor has-- all the way
around the room! Goodness! I wish I could read! It must be
tremendously interesting. Can you read, Polynesia?"
"Only a little," said she. "Be careful how you turn those
pages-- don't tear them. No, I really don't get time enough for
reading--much. That letter there is a K and this is a B."
"What does this word under the picture mean?" I asked.
"Let me see," she said, and started spelling it out.
"B-A-B-O-O-N--that's MONKEY. Reading isn't nearly as hard as it
looks, once you know the letters."
"Polynesia," I said, "I want to ask you something very
important."
"What is it, my boy?" said she, smoothing down the feathers of
her right wing. Polynesia often spoke to me in a very
patronizing way. But I did not mind it from her. After all, she
was nearly two hundred years old; and I was only ten.
"Listen," I said, "my mother doesn't think it is right that I
come here for so many meals. And I was going to ask you:
supposing I did a whole lot more work for the Doctor-- why
couldn't I come and live here altogether? You see, instead of
being paid like a regular gardener or workman, I would get my bed
and meals in exchange for the work I did. What do you think?"
"You mean you want to be a proper assistant to the Doctor, is
that it?"
"Yes. I suppose that's what you call it," I answered. "You know
you said yourself that you thought I could be very useful to
him."
"Well"--she thought a moment--"I really don't see why not. But is
this what you want to be when you grow up, a naturalist?"
"Yes," I said, "I have made up my mind. I would sooner be a
naturalist than anything else in the world."
"Humph!--Let's go and speak to the Doctor about it," said
Polynesia. "He's in the next room--in the study. Open the door
very gently--he may be working and not want to be disturbed."
I opened the door quietly and peeped in. The first thing I saw
was an enormous black retriever dog sitting in the middle of the
hearth-rug with his ears cocked up, listening to the Doctor who
was reading aloud to him from a letter.
"What is the Doctor doing?" I asked Polynesia in a whisper.
"Oh, the dog has had a letter from his mistress and he has
brought it to the Doctor to read for him. That's all. He belongs
to a funny little girl called Minnie Dooley, who lives on the
other side of the town. She has pigtails down her back. She and
her brother have gone away to the seaside for the Summer; and the
old retriever is heart-broken while the children are gone. So
they write letters to him--in English of course. And as the old
dog doesn't understand them, he brings them here, and the Doctor
turns them into dog language for him. I think Minnie must have
written that she is coming back-- to judge from the dog's
excitement. Just look at him carrying on!"
Indeed the retriever seemed to be suddenly overcome with joy. As
the Doctor finished the letter the old dog started barking at the
top of his voice, wagging his tail wildly and jumping about the
study. He took the letter in his mouth and ran out of the room
snorting hard and mumbling to himself.
"He's going down to meet the coach," whispered Polynesia. "That
dog's devotion to those children is more than I can understand.
You should see Minnie! She's the most conceited little minx that
ever walked. She squints too."
THE TWELFTH CHAPTER
MY GREAT IDEA
PRESENTLY the Doctor looked up and saw us at the door.
"Oh--come in, Stubbins," said he, "did you wish to speak to me?
Come in and take a chair."
"Doctor," I said, "I want to be a naturalist--like you-- when I
grow up."
"Oh you do, do you?" murmured the Doctor. "Humph!--Well!--Dear
me!-- You don't say!--Well, well! Have, you er--have you spoken
to your mother and father about it?"
"No, not yet," I said. "I want you to speak to them for me. You
would do it better. I want to be your helper--your assistant, if
you'll have me. Last night my mother was saying that she didn't
consider it right for me to come here so often for meals. And
I've been thinking about it a good deal since. Couldn't we make
some arrangement--couldn't I work for my meals and sleep here?"
"But my dear Stubbins," said the Doctor, laughing, "you are quite
welcome to come here for three meals a day all the year round.
I'm only too glad to have you. Besides, you do do a lot of work,
as it is. I've often felt that I ought to pay you for what you
do-- But what arrangement was it that you thought of?"
"Well, I thought," said I, "that perhaps you would come and see
my mother and father and tell them that if they let me live here
with you and work hard, that you will teach me to read and write.
You see my mother is awfully anxious to have me learn reading and
writing. And besides, I couldn't be a proper naturalist without,
could I?"
"Oh, I don't know so much about that," said the Doctor. "It is
nice, I admit, to be able to read and write. But naturalists are
not all alike, you know. For example: this young fellow Charles
Darwin that people are talking about so much now--he's a
Cambridge graduate--reads and writes very well. And then
Cuvier--he used to be a tutor. But listen, the greatest
naturalist of them all doesn't even know how to write his own
name nor to read the A B C."
"Who is he?" I asked.
"He is a mysterious person," said the Doctor--"a very mysterious
person. His name is Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow. He is a
Red Indian."
"Have you ever seen him?" I asked.
"No," said the Doctor, 'I've never seen him. No white man has
ever met him. I fancy Mr. Darwin doesn't even know that he
exists. He lives almost entirely with the animals and with the
different tribes of Indians--usually somewhere among the
mountains of Peru. Never stays long in one place. Goes from
tribe to tribe, like a sort of Indian tramp."
"How do you know so much about him?" I asked--"if you've never
even seen him?"
"The Purple Bird-of-Paradise," said the Doctor--" she told me all
about him. She says he is a perfectly marvelous naturalist. I
got her to take a message to him for me last time she was here.
I am expecting her back any day now. I can hardly wait to see
what answer she has brought from him. It is already almost the
last week of August. I do hope nothing has happened to her on
the way."
"But why do the animals and birds come to you when they are
sick?" I said--"Why don't they go to him, if he is so very
wonderful?"
"It seems that my methods are more up to date," said the Doctor.
"But from what the Purple Bird-of-Paradise tells me, Long Arrow's
knowledge of natural history must be positively tremendous. His
specialty is botany--plants and all that sort of thing. But he
knows a lot about birds and animals too. He's very good on bees
and beetles--But now tell me, Stubbins, are you quite sure that
you really want to be a naturalist?"
"Yes," said I, "my mind is made up."
"Well you know, it isn't a very good profession for making money.
Not at all, it isn't. Most of the good naturalists don't make any
money whatever. All they do is SPEND money, buying
butterfly-nets and cases for birds' eggs and things. It is only
now, after I have been a naturalist for many years, that I am
beginning to make a little money from the books I write."
"I don't care about money," I said. "I want to be a naturalist.
Won't you please come and have dinner with my mother and father
next Thursday--I told them I was going to ask you--and then you
can talk to them about it. You see, there's another thing: if
I'm living with you, and sort of belong to your house and
business, I shall be able to come with you next time you go on a
voyage."
"Oh, I see," said he, smiling. "So you want to come on a voyage
with me, do you?--Ah hah!"
"I want to go on all your voyages with you. It would be much
easier for you if you had someone to carry the butterfly-nets and
note-books. Wouldn't it now?"
For a long time the Doctor sat thinking, drumming on the desk
with his fingers, while I waited, terribly impatiently, to see
what he was going to say.
At last he shrugged his shoulders and stood up.
"Well, Stubbins," said he, "I'll come and talk it over with you
and your parents next Thursday. And--well, we'll see. We'll see.
Give your mother and father my compliments and thank them for
their invitation, will you?"
Then I tore home like the wind to tell my mother that the Doctor
had promised to come.
THE THIRTEENTH CHAPTER
A TRAVELER ARRIVES
THE next day I was sitting on the wall of the Doctor's garden
after tea, talking to Dab-Dab. I had now learned so much from
Polynesia that I could talk to most birds and some animals
without a great deal of difficulty. I found Dab-Dab a very nice,
old, motherly bird--though not nearly so clever and interesting
as Polynesia. She had been housekeeper for the Doctor many years
now.
Well, as I was saying, the old duck and I were sitting on the
flat top of the garden-wall that evening, looking down into the
Oxenthorpe Road below. We were watching some sheep being driven
to market in Puddleby; and Dab-Dab had just been telling me about
the Doctor's adventures in Africa. For she had gone on a voyage
with him to that country long ago.
Suddenly I heard a curious distant noise down the road, towards
the town. It sounded like a lot of people cheering. I stood up
on the wall to see if I could make out what was coming. Presently
there appeared round a bend a great crowd of school-children
following a very ragged, curious-looking woman.
"What in the world can it be?" cried Dab-Dab.
The children were all laughing and shouting. And certainly the
woman they were following was most extraordinary. She had very
long arms and the most stooping shoulders I have ever seen. She
wore a straw hat on the side of her head with poppies on it; and
her skirt was so long for her it dragged on the ground like a
ball-gown's train. I could not see anything of her face because
of the wide hat pulled over her eyes. But as she got nearer to us
and the laughing of the children grew louder, I noticed that her
hands were very dark in color, and hairy, like a witch's.
Then all of a sudden Dab-Dab at my side startled me by crying out
in a loud voice,
"Why, it's Chee-Chee!--Chee-Chee come back at last! How dare
those children tease him! I'll give the little imps something to
laugh at!"
And she flew right off the wall down into the road and made
straight for the children, squawking away in a most terrifying
fashion and pecking at their feet and legs. The children made off
down the street back to the town as hard as they could run.
The strange-looking figure in the straw hat stood gazing after
them a moment and then came wearily up to the gate. It didn't
bother to undo the latch but just climbed right over the gate as
though it were something in the way. And then I noticed that it
took hold of the bars with its feet, so that it really had four
hands to climb with. But it was only when I at last got a glimpse
of the face under the hat that I could be really sure it was a
monkey.
Chee-Chee--for it was he--frowned at me suspiciously from the top
of the gate, as though he thought I was going to laugh at him
like the other boys and girls. Then he dropped into the garden
on the inside and immediately started taking off his clothes. He
tore the straw hat in two and threw it down into the road. Then
he took off his bodice and skirt, jumped on them savagely and
began kicking them round the front garden.
Presently I heard a screech from the house, and out flew
Polynesia, followed by the Doctor and Jip.
"Chee-Chee!--Chee-Chee!" shouted the parrot. "You've come at
last! I always told the Doctor you'd find a way. How ever did
you do it?"
They all gathered round him shaking him by his four hands,
laughing and asking him a million questions at once. Then they
all started back for the house.
"Run up to my bedroom, Stubbins," said the Doctor, turning to me.
"You'll find a bag of peanuts in the small left-hand drawer of
the bureau. I have always kept them there in case he might come
back unexpectedly some day. And wait a minute--see if Dab-Dab
has any bananas in the pan-try. Chee-Chee hasn't had a banana, he
tells me, in two months."
When I came down again to the kitchen I found everybody listening
attentively to the monkey who was telling the story of his
journey from Africa.
THE FOURTEENTH CHAPTER
CHEE-CHEE'S VOYAGE
IT seems that after Polynesia had left, Chee-Chee had grown more
homesick than ever for the Doctor and the little house in
Puddleby. At last he had made up his mind that by hook or crook
he would follow her. And one day, going down to the seashore, he
saw a lot of people, black and white, getting on to a ship that
was coming to England. He tried to get on too. But they turned
him back and drove him away. And presently he noticed a whole
big family of funny people passing on to the ship. And one of the
children in this family reminded Chee-Chee of a cousin of his
with whom he had once been in love. So he said to himself, "That
girl looks just as much like a monkey as I look like a girl. If I
could only get some clothes to wear I might easily slip on to the
ship amongst these families, and people would take me for a girl.
Good idea!"
So he went off to a town that was quite close, and hopping in
through an open window he found a skirt and bodice lying on a
chair. They belonged to a fashionable black lady who was taking a
bath. Chee-Chee put them on. Next he went back to the seashore,
mingled with the crowd there and at last sneaked safely on to the
big ship. Then he thought he had better hide, for fear people
might look at him too closely. And he stayed hidden all the time
the ship was sailing to England--only coming out at night, when
everybody was asleep, to find food.
When he reached England and tried to get off the ship, the
sailors saw at last that he was only a monkey dressed up in
girl's clothes; and they wanted to keep him for a pet. But he
managed to give them the slip; and once he was on shore, he dived
into the crowd and got away. But he was still a long distance
from Puddleby and had to come right across the whole breadth of
England.
He had a terrible time of it. Whenever he passed through a town
all the children ran after him in a crowd, laughing; and often
silly people caught hold of him and tried to stop him, so that he
had to run up lamp-posts and climb to chimney-pots to escape from
them. At night he used to sleep in ditches or barns or anywhere
he could hide; and he lived on the berries he picked from the
hedges and the cob-nuts that grew in the copses. At length, after
many adventures and narrow squeaks, he saw the tower of Puddleby
Church and he knew that at last he was near his old home. When
Chee-Chee had finished his story he ate six bananas without
stopping and drank a whole bowlful of milk.
"My!" he said, "why wasn't I born with wings, like Polynesia, so
I could fly here? You've no idea how I grew to hate that hat and
skirt. I've never been so uncomfortable in my life. All the way
from Bristol here, if the wretched hat wasn't falling off my head
or catching in the trees, those beastly skirts were tripping me
up and getting wound round everything. What on earth do women
wear those things for? Goodness, I was glad to see old Puddleby
this morning when I climbed over the hill by Bellaby's farm!"
"Your bed on top of the plate-rack in the scullery is all ready
for you," said the Doctor. "We never had it disturbed in case
you might come back."
"Yes," said Dab-Dab, "and you can have the old smoking-jacket of
the Doctor's which you used to use as a blanket, in case it is
cold in the night."
"Thanks," said Chee-Chee. "It's good to be back in the old house
again. Everything's just the same as when I left--except the
clean roller-towel on the back of the door there--that's
new--Well, I think I'll go to bed now. I need sleep."
Then we all went out of the kitchen into the scullery and watched
Chee-Chee climb the plate-rack like a sailor going up a mast. On
the top, he curled himself up, pulled the old smoking-jacket over
him, and in a minute he was snoring peacefully.
"Good old Chee-Chee!" whispered the Doctor. "I'm glad he's
back."
"Yes--good old Chee-Chee!" echoed Dab-Dab and Polynesia.
Then we all tip-toed out of the scullery and dosed the door very
gently behind us.
THE FIFTEENTH CHAPTER
I BECOME A DOCTOR'S ASSISTANT
WHEN Thursday evening came there was great excitement at our
house, My mother had asked me what were the Doctor's favorite
dishes, and I had told her: spare ribs, sliced beet-root, fried
bread, shrimps and treacle-tart. To-night she had them all on the
table waiting for him; and she was now fussing round the house to
see if everything was tidy and in readiness for his coming.
At last we heard a knock upon the door, and of course it was I
who got there first to let him in.
The Doctor had brought his own flute with him this time. And
after supper was over (which he enjoyed very much) the table was
cleared away and the washing-up left in the kitchen-sink till the
next day. Then the Doctor and my father started playing duets.
They got so interested in this that I began to be afraid that
they would never come to talking over my business. But at last
the Doctor said,
"Your son tells me that he is anxious to become a naturalist."
And then began a long talk which lasted far into the night. At
first both my mother and father were rather against the idea-- as
they had been from the beginning. They said it was only a boyish
whim, and that I would get tired of it very soon. But after the
matter had been talked over from every side, the Doctor turned to
my father and said,
"Well now, supposing, Mr. Stubbins, that your son came to me for
two years--that is, until he is twelve years old. During those
two years he will have time to see if he is going to grow tired
of it or not. Also during that time, I will promise to teach him
reading and writing and perhaps a little arithmetic as well. What
do you say to that?"
"I don't know," said my father, shaking his head. "You are very
kind and it is a handsome offer you make, Doctor. But I feel
that Tommy ought to be learning some trade by which he can earn
his living later on."
Then my mother spoke up. Although she was nearly in tears at the
prospect of my leaving her house while I was still so young, she
pointed out to my father that this was a grand chance for me to
get learning.
"Now Jacob," she said, "you know that many lads in the town have
been to the Grammar School till they were fourteen or fifteen
years old. Tommy can easily spare these two years for his
education; and if he learns no more than to read and write, the
time will not be lost. Though goodness knows," she added, getting
out her handkerchief to cry, "the house will seem terribly empty
when he's gone."
"I will take care that he comes to see you, Mrs. Stubbins," said
the Doctor--"every day, if you like. After all, he will not be
very far away."
Well, at length my father gave in; and it was agreed that I was
to live with the Doctor and work for him for two years in
exchange for learning to read and write and for my board and
lodging.
"Of course," added the Doctor, "while I have money I will keep
Tommy in clothes as well. But money is a very irregular thing
with me; sometimes I have some, and then sometimes I haven't."
"You are very good, Doctor," said my mother, drying her tears.
"It seems to me that Tommy is a very fortunate boy."
And then, thoughtless, selfish little imp that I was, I leaned
over and whispered in the Doctor's ear,
"Please don't forget to say something about the voyages."
"Oh, by the way," said John Dolittle, "of course occasionally my
work requires me to travel. You will have no objection, I take
it, to your son's coming with me?"
My poor mother looked up sharply, more unhappy and anxious than
ever at this new turn; while I stood behind the Doctor's chair,
my heart thumping with excitement, waiting for my father's
answer.
"No," he said slowly after a while. "If we agree to the other
arrangement I don't see that we've the right to make any
objection to that."
Well, there surely was never a happier boy in the world than I
was at that moment. My head was in the clouds. I trod on air. I
could scarcely keep from dancing round the parlor. At last the
dream of my life was to come true! At last I was to be given a
chance to seek my fortune, to have adventures! For I knew
perfectly well that it was now almost time for the Doctor to
start upon another voyage. Polynesia had told me that he hardly
ever stayed at home for more than six months at a stretch.
Therefore he would be surely going again within a fortnight. And
I--I, Tommy Stubbins, would go with him! Just to think of it!--
to cross the Sea, to walk on foreign shores, to roam the World!
PART TWO
THE FIRST CHAPTER
THE CREW OF "THE CURLEW"
FROM that time on of course my position in the town was very
different. I was no longer a poor cobbler's son. I carried my
nose in the air as I went down the High Street with Jip in his
gold collar at my side; and snobbish little boys who had despised
me before because I was not rich enough to go to school now
pointed me out to their friends and whispered, "You see him? He's
a doctor's assistant--and only ten years old!"
But their eyes would have opened still wider with wonder if they
had but known that I and the dog that was with me could talk to
one another.
Two days after the Doctor had been to our house to dinner he told
me very sadly that he was afraid that he would have to give up
trying to learn the language of the shellfish-- at all events for
the present.
"I'm very discouraged, Stubbins, very. I've tried the mussels
and the clams, the oysters and the whelks, cockles and scallops;
seven different kinds of crabs and all the lobster family. I
think I'll leave it for the present and go at it again later on."
"What will you turn to now?" I asked.
"Well, I rather thought of going on a voyage, Stubbins. It's
quite a time now since I've been away. And there is a great deal
of work waiting for me abroad."
"When shall we start?" I asked.
"Well, first I shall have to wait till the Purple
Bird-of-Paradise gets here. I must see if she has any message for
me from Long Arrow. She's late. She should have been here ten
days ago. I hope to goodness she's all right."
"Well, hadn't we better be seeing about getting a boat?" I said.
"She is sure to be here in a day or so; and there will be lots of
things to do to get ready in the mean time, won't there?"
"Yes, indeed," said the Doctor. "Suppose we go down and see your
friend Joe, the mussel-man. He will know about boats."
"I'd like to come too," said Jip.
"All right, come along," said the Doctor, and off we went.
Joe said yes, he had a boat--one he had just bought-- but it
needed three people to sail her. We told him we would like to
see it anyway.
So the mussel-man took us off a little way down the river and
showed us the neatest, prettiest, little vessel that ever was
built. She was called The Curlew. Joe said he would sell her to
us cheap. But the trouble was that the boat needed three people,
while we were only two.
"Of course I shall be taking Chee-Chee," said the Doctor. "But
although he is very quick and clever, he is not as strong as a
man. We really ought to have another person to sail a boat as big
as that."
"I know of a good sailor, Doctor," said Joe--"a first-class
seaman who would be glad of the job."
"No, thank you, Joe," said Doctor Dolittle. "I don't want any
seamen. I couldn't afford to hire them. And then they hamper me
so, seamen do, when I'm at sea. They're always wanting to do
things the proper way; and I like to do them my way--Now let me
see: who could we take with us?"
"There's Matthew Mugg, the cat's-meat-man," I said.
"No, he wouldn't do. Matthew's a very nice fellow, but he talks
too much-- mostly about his rheumatism. You have to be
frightfully particular whom you take with you on long voyages."
"How about Luke the Hermit?" I asked.
"That's a good idea--splendid--if he'll come. Let's go and ask
him right away."
THE SECOND CHAPTER
LUKE THE HERMIT
THE Hermit was an old friend of ours, as I have already told you.
He was a very peculiar person. Far out on the marshes he lived
in a little bit of a shack--all alone except for his brindle
bulldog. No one knew where he came from--not even his name. just
"Luke the Hermit" folks called him. He never came into the town;
never seemed to want to see or talk to people. His dog, Bob,
drove them away if they came near his hut. When you asked anyone
in Puddleby who he was or why he lived out in that lonely place
by himself, the only answer you got was, "Oh, Luke the Hermit?
Well, there's some mystery about him. Nobody knows what it is.
But there's a mystery. Don't go near him. He'll set the dog on
you."
Nevertheless there were two people who often went out to that
little shack on the fens: the Doctor and myself. And Bob, the
bulldog, never barked when he heard us coming. For we liked Luke;
and Luke liked us.
This afternoon, crossing the marshes we faced a cold wind blowing
from the East. As we approached the hut Jip put up his ears and
said,
"That's funny!"
"What's funny?" asked the Doctor.
"That Bob hasn't come out to meet us. He should have heard us
long ago-- or smelt us. What's that queer noise?"
"Sounds to me like a gate creaking," said the Doctor. "Maybe
it's Luke's door, only we can't see the door from here; it's on
the far side of the shack."
"I hope Bob isn't sick," said Jip; and he let out a bark to see
if that would call him. But the only answer he got was the
wailing of the wind across the wide, salt fen.
We hurried forward, all three of us thinking hard.
When we reached the front of the shack we found the door open,
swinging and creaking dismally in the wind. We looked inside.
There was no one there.
"Isn't Luke at home then?" said I. "Perhaps he's out for a walk."
"He is ALWAYS at home," said the Doctor frowning in a peculiar
sort of way. "And even if he were out for a. walk he wouldn't
leave his door banging in the wind behind him. There is
something queer about this-- What are you doing in there, Jip?"
"Nothing much--nothing worth speaking of," said Jip examining the
floor of the hut extremely carefully.
"Come here, Jip," said the Doctor in a stern voice. "You are
hiding something from me. You see signs and you know
something--or you guess it. What has happened? Tell me. Where
is the Hermit?"
"I don't know," said Jip looking very guilty and uncomfortable.
"I don't know where he is."
"Well, you know something. I can tell it from the look in your
eye. What is it?"
But Jip didn't answer.
For ten minutes the Doctor kept questioning him. But not a word
would the dog say.
"Well," said the Doctor at last, "it is no use our standing
around here in the cold. The Hermit's gone. That's all. We
might as well go home to luncheon."
As we buttoned up our coats and started back across the marsh,
Jip ran ahead pretending he was looking for water-rats.
"He knows something all right," whispered the Doctor. "And I
think he knows what has happened too. It's funny, his not
wanting to tell me. He has never done that before--not in eleven
years. He has always told me everything--Strange--very strange!"
"Do you mean you think he knows all about the Hermit, the big
mystery about him which folks hint at and all that?"
"I shouldn't wonder if he did," the Doctor answered slowly. "I
noticed something in his expression the moment we found that door
open and the hut empty. And the way he sniffed the floor too--it
told him something, that floor did. He saw signs we couldn't
see--I wonder why he won't tell me. I'll try him again. Here,
Jip! Jip!--Where is the dog? I thought he went on in front."
"So did I," I said. "He was there a moment ago. I saw him as
large as life. Jip--Jip--Jip--JIP!"
But he was gone. We called and called. We even walked back to
the hut. But Jip had disappeared.
"Oh well," I said, "most likely he has just run home ahead of us.
He often does that, you know. We'll find him there when we get
back to the house."
But the Doctor just closed his coat-collar tighter against the
wind and strode on muttering, "Odd--very odd!"
THE THIRD CHAPTER
JIP AND THE SECRET
WHEN we reached the house the first question the Doctor asked of
Dab-Dab in the hall was,
"Is Jip home yet?"
"No," said Dab-Dab, "I haven't seen him."
"Let me know the moment he comes in, will you, please?" said the
Doctor, hanging up his hat.
"Certainly I will," said Dab-Dab. "Don't be long over washing
your hands; the lunch is on the table."
Just as we were sitting down to luncheon in the kitchen we heard
a great racket at the front door. I ran and opened it. In
bounded Jip.
"Doctor!" he cried, "come into the library quick. I've got
something to tell you--No, Dab-Dab, the luncheon must wait.
Please hurry, Doctor. There's not a moment to be lost. Don't let
any of the animals come--just you and Tommy."
"Now," he said, when we were inside the library and the door was
dosed, "turn the key in the lock and make sure there's no one
listening under the windows."
"It's all right," said the Doctor. "Nobody can hear you here.
Now what is it?"
"Well, Doctor," said Jip (he was badly out of breath from
running), "I know all about the Hermit--I have known for years.
But I couldn't tell you."
"Why?" asked the Doctor.
"Because I'd promised not to tell any one. It was Bob, his dog,
that told me. And I swore to him that I would keep the secret."
"Well, and are you going to tell me now?"
"Yes," said Jip, "we've got to save him. I followed Bob's scent
just now when I left you out there on the marshes. And I found
him. And I said to him, 'Is it all right,' I said, 'for me to
tell the Doctor now? Maybe he can do something.' And Bob says to
me, 'Yes,' says he, 'it's all right because--' "
"Oh, for Heaven's sake, go on, go on!" cried the Doctor. "Tell
us what the mystery is--not what you said to Bob and what Bob
said to you. What has happened? Where IS the Hermit?"
"He's in Puddleby Jail," said Jip. "He's in prison."
"In prison!"
"Yes."
"What for?--What's he done?"
Jip went over to the door and smelt at the bottom of it to see if
any one were listening outside. Then he came back to the Doctor
on tiptoe and whispered,
"HE KILLED A MAN!"
"Lord preserve us!" cried the Doctor, sitting down heavily in a
chair and mopping his forehead with a handkerchief. "When did he
do it?"
"Fifteen years ago--in a Mexican gold-mine. That's why he has
been a hermit ever since. He shaved off his beard and kept away
from people out there on the marshes so he wouldn't be
recognized. But last week, it seems these new-fangled policemen
came to Town; and they heard there was a strange man who kept to
himself all alone in a shack on the fen. And they got
suspicious. For a long time people had been hunting all over the
world for the man that did that killing in the Mexican gold-mine
fifteen years ago. So these policemen went out to the shack, and
they recognized Luke by a mole on his arm. And they took him to
prison."
"Well, well!" murmured the Doctor. "Who would have thought it?--
Luke, the philosopher!--Killed a man!--I can hardly believe it."
"It's true enough--unfortunately," said Jip. "Luke did it. But
it wasn't his fault. Bob says so. And he was there and saw it
all. He was scarcely more than a puppy at the time. Bob says
Luke couldn't help it. He HAD to do it."
"Where is Bob now?" asked the Doctor.
"Down at the prison. I wanted him to come with me here to see
you; but he won't leave the prison while Luke is there. He just
sits outside the door of the prison-cell and won't move. He
doesn't even eat the food they give him. Won't you please come
down there, Doctor, and see if there is anything you can do? The
trial is to be this afternoon at two o'clock. What time is it
now?"
"It's ten minutes past one."
"Bob says he thinks they are going to kill Luke for a punishment
if they can prove that he did it--or certainly keep him in prison
for the rest of his life. Won't you please come? Perhaps if you
spoke to the judge and told him what a good man Luke really is
they'd let him off."
"Of course I'll come," said the Doctor getting up and moving to
go. "But I'm very much afraid that I shan't be of any real help."
He turned at the door and hesitated thoughtfully.
"And yet--I wonder--"
Then he opened the door and passed out with Jip and me close at
his heels.
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
BOB
DAB-DAB was terribly upset when she found we were going away
again without luncheon; and she made us take some cold pork-pies
in our pockets to eat on the way.
When we got to Puddleby Court-house (it was next door to the
prison), we found a great crowd gathered around the building.
This was the week of the Assizes--a business which happened every
three months, when many pick-pockets and other bad characters
were tried by a very grand judge who came all the way from
London. And anybody in Puddleby who had nothing special to do
used to come to the Court-house to hear the trials.
But to-day it was different. The crowd was not made up of just a
few idle people. It was enormous. The news had run through the
countryside that Luke the Hermit was to be tried for killing a
man and that the great mystery which had hung over him so long
was to be cleared up at last. The butcher and the baker had
closed their shops and taken a holiday. All the farmers from
round about, and all the townsfolk, were there with their Sunday
clothes on, trying to get seats in the Court. house or
gossipping outside in low whispers. The High Street was so
crowded you could hardly move along it. I had never seen the
quiet old town in such a state of excitement before. For Puddleby
had not had such an Assizes since 1799, when Ferdinand Phipps,
the Rector's oldest son, had robbed the bank.
If I hadn't had the Doctor with me I am sure I would never have
been able to make my way through the mob packed around the
Court-house door. But I just followed behind him, hanging on to
his coat-tails; and at last we got safely into the jail.
"I want to see Luke," said the Doctor to a very grand person in a
blue coat with brass buttons standing at the door.
"Ask at the Superintendent's office," said the man. "Third door
on the left down the corridor."
"Who is that person you spoke to, Doctor?" I asked as we went
along the passage.
"He is a policeman."
"And what are policemen?"
"Policemen? They are to keep people in order. They've just been
invented-- by Sir Robert Peel. That's why they are also called
'peelers' sometimes. It is a wonderful age we live in. They're
always thinking of something new-- This will be the
Superintendent's office, I suppose."
From there another policeman was sent with us to show us the way.
Outside the door of Luke's cell we found Bob, the bulldog, who
wagged his tail sadly when he saw us. The man who was guiding us
took a large bunch of keys from his pocket and opened the door.
I had never been inside a real prison-cell before; and I felt
quite a thrill when the policeman went out and locked the door
after him, leaving us shut in the dimly-lighted, little, stone
room. Before he went, he said that as soon as we had done talking
with our friend we should knock upon the door and he would come
and let us out.
At first I could hardly see anything, it was so dim inside. But
after a little I made out a low bed against the wall, under a
small barred window. On the bed, staring down at the floor
between his feet, sat the Hermit, his head resting in his hands.
"Well, Luke," said the Doctor in a kindly voice, "they don't give
you much light in here, do they?"
Very slowly the Hermit looked up from the floor.
"Hulloa, John Dolittle. What brings you here?"
"I've come to see you. I would have been here sooner, only I
didn't hear about all this till a few minutes ago. I went to your
hut to ask you if you would join me on a voyage; and when I found
it empty I had no idea where you could be. I am dreadfully sorry
to hear about your bad luck. I've come to see if there is
anything I can do."
Luke shook his head.
"No, I don't imagine there is anything can be done. They've
caught me at last. That's the end of it, I suppose."
He got up stiffly and started walking up and down the little
room.
"In a way I'm glad it's over," said he. "I never got any peace,
always thinking they were after me--afraid to speak to anyone.
They were bound to get me in the end--Yes, I'm glad it's over."
Then the Doctor talked to Luke for more than half an hour, trying
to cheer him up; while I sat around wondering what I ought to say
and wishing I could do something.
At last the Doctor said he wanted to see Bob; and we knocked upon
the door and were let out by the policeman.
"Bob," said the Doctor to the big bulldog in the passage, "come
out with me into the porch. I want to ask you something."
"How is he, Doctor?" asked Bob as we walked down the corridor
into the Court-house porch.
"Oh, Luke's all right. Very miserable of course, but he's all
right. Now tell me, Bob: you saw this business happen, didn't
you? You were there when the man was killed, eh?"
"I was, Doctor," said Bob, "and I tell you--"
"All right," the Doctor interrupted, "that's all I want to know
for the present. There isn't time to tell me more now. The trial
is just going to begin. There are the judge and the lawyers
coming up the steps. Now listen, Bob: I want you to stay with
me when I go into the court-room. And whatever I tell you to do,
do it. Do you understand? Don't make any scenes. Don't bite
anybody, no matter what they may say about Luke. Just behave
perfectly quietly and answer any question I may ask
you--truthfully. Do you understand?"
"Very well. But do you think you will be able to get him off,
Doctor?" asked Bob. "He's a good man, Doctor. He really is.
There never was a better."
"We'll see, we'll see, Bob. It's a new thing I'm going to try.
I'm not sure the judge will allow it. But--well, we'll see. It's
time to go into the court-room now. Don't forget what I told
you. Remember: for Heaven's sake don't start biting any one or
you'll get us all put out and spoil everything."
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
MENDOZA
INSIDE the court-room everything was very solemn and wonderful.
It was a high, big room. Raised above the floor, against the
wall was the judge's desk; and here the judge was already
sitting--an old, handsome man in a marvelous big wig of gray hair
and a gown of black. Below him was another wide, long desk at
which lawyers in white wigs sat. The whole thing reminded me of a
mixture between a church and a school.
"Those twelve men at the side," whispered the Doctor--"those in
pews like a choir, they are what is called the jury. It is they
who decide whether Luke is guilty--whether he did it or not."
"And look!" I said, "there's Luke himself in a sort of
pulpit-thing with policemen each side of him. And there's
another pulpit, the same kind, the other side of the room,
see--only that one's empty."
"That one is called the witness-box," said the Doctor. "Now I'm
going down to speak to one of those men in white wigs; and I want
you to wait here and keep these two seats for us. Bob will stay
with you. Keep an eye on him--better hold on to his collar. I
shan't be more than a minute or so."
With that the Doctor disappeared into the crowd which filled the
main part of the room.
Then I saw the judge take up a funny little wooden hammer and
knock on his desk with it. This, it seemed, was to make people
keep quiet, for immediately every one stopped buzzing and talking
and began to listen very respectfully. Then another man in a
black gown stood up and began reading from a paper in his hand.
He mumbled away exactly as though he were saying his prayers and
didn't want any one to understand what language they were in. But
I managed to catch a few words:
"Biz--biz--biz--biz--biz--otherwise known as Luke the Hermit,
of--biz--biz--biz--biz--for killing his partner
with--biz--biz--biz--otherwise known as Bluebeard Bill on the
night of the--biz--biz--biz--in the biz--biz--biz-- of Mexico.
Therefore Her Majesty's--biz--biz--biz--"
At this moment I felt some one take hold of my arm from the back,
and turning round I found the Doctor had returned with one of the
men in white wigs.
"Stubbins, this is Mr. Percy Jenkyns," said the Doctor. "He is
Luke's lawyer. It is his business to get Luke off--if he can."
Mr. Jenkyns seemed to be an extremely young man with a round
smooth face like a boy. He shook hands with me and then
immediately turned and went on talking with the Doctor.
"Oh, I think it is a perfectly precious idea," he was saying. "Of
COURSE the dog must be admitted as a witness; he was the only one
who saw the thing take place. I'm awfully glad you came. I
wouldn't have missed this for anything. My hat! Won't it make
the old court sit up? They're always frightfully dull, these
Assizes. But this will stir things. A bulldog witness for the
defense! I do hope there are plenty of reporters present--Yes,
there's one making a sketch of the prisoner. I shall become known
after this--And won't Conkey be pleased? My hat!"
He put his hand over his mouth to smother a laugh and his eyes
fairly sparkled with mischief. "Who is Conkey?" I asked the
Doctor.
"Sh! He is speaking of the judge up there, the Honorable Eustace
Beauchamp Conckley."
"Now," said Mr. Jenkyns, bringing out a notebook, "tell me a
little more about yourself, Doctor. You took your degree as
Doctor of Medicine at Durham, I think you said. And the name of
your last book was?"
I could not hear any more for they talked in whispers; and I fell
to looking round the court again.
Of course I could not understand everything that was going on,
though it was all very interesting. People kept getting up in
the place the Doctor called the witness-box, and the lawyers at
the long table asked them questions about "the night of the
29th." Then the people would get down again and somebody else
would get up and be questioned.
One of the lawyers (who, the Doctor told me afterwards, was
called the Prosecutor) seemed to be doing his best to get the
Hermit into trouble by asking questions which made it look as
though he had always been a very bad man. He was a nasty lawyer,
this Prosecutor, with a long nose.
Most of the time I could hardly keep my eyes off poor Luke, who
sat there between his two policemen, staring at the floor as
though he weren't interested. The only time I saw him take any
notice at all was when a small dark man with wicked, little,
watery eyes got up into the witness-box. I heard Bob snarl under
my chair as this person came into the court-room and Luke's eyes
just blazed with anger and contempt.
This man said his name was Mendoza and that he was the one who
had guided the Mexican police to the mine after Bluebeard Bill
had been killed. And at every word he said I could hear Bob down
below me muttering between his teeth,
"It's a lie! It's a lie! I'll chew his face. It's a lie!"
And both the Doctor and I had hard work keeping the dog under the
seat.
Then I noticed that our Mr. Jenkyns had disappeared from the
Doctor's side. But presently I saw him stand up at the long table
to speak to the judge.
"Your Honor," said he, "I wish to introduce a new witness for the
defense, Doctor John Dolittle, the naturalist. Will you please
step into the witness-stand, Doctor?"
There was a buzz of excitement as the Doctor made his way across
the crowded room; and I noticed the nasty lawyer with the long
nose lean down and whisper something to a friend, smiling in an
ugly way which made me want to pinch him.
Then Mr. Jenkyns asked the Doctor a whole lot of questions about
himself and made him answer in a loud voice so the whole court
could hear. He finished up by saying,
"And you are prepared to swear, Doctor Dolittle, that you
understand the language of dogs and can make them understand you.
Is that so?"
"Yes," said the Doctor, "that is so."
"And what, might I ask," put in the judge in a very quiet,
dignified voice, "has all this to do with the killing of
er--er--Bluebeard Bill?"
"This, Your Honor," said Mr. Jenkyns, talking in a very grand
manner as though he were on a stage in a theatre: "there is in
this court-room at the present moment a bulldog, who was the only
living thing that saw the man killed. With the Court's permission
I propose to put that dog in the witness-stand and have him
questioned before you by the eminent scientist, Doctor John
Dolittle."
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE JUDGE'S DOG
AT first there was a dead silence in the Court. Then everybody
began whispering or giggling at the same time, till the whole
room sounded like a great hive of bees. Many people seemed to be
shocked; most of them were amused; and a few were angry.
Presently up sprang the nasty lawyer with the long nose.
"I protest, Your Honor," he cried, waving his arms wildly to the
judge. "I object. The dignity of this court is in peril. I
protest."
"I am the one to take care of the dignity of this court," said
the judge.
Then Mr. Jenkyns got up again. (If it hadn't been such a serious
matter, it was almost like a Punch-and-Judy show: somebody was
always popping down and somebody else popping up).
"If there is any doubt on the score of our being able to do as we
say, Your Honor will have no objection, I trust, to the Doctor's
giving the Court a demonstration of his powers-- of showing that
he actually can understand the speech of animals?" I thought I
saw a twinkle of amusement come into the old judge's eyes as he
sat considering a moment before he answered.
"No," he said at last, "I don't think so." Then he turned to the
Doctor.
"Are you quite sure you can do this?" he asked.
"Quite, Your Honor," said the Doctor--"quite sure."
"Very well then," said the judge. "If you can satisfy us that
you really are able to understand canine testimony, the dog shall
be admitted as a witness. I do not see, in that case, how I could
object to his being heard. But I warn you that if you are trying
to make a laughing-stock of this Court it will go hard with you."
"I protest, I protest!" yelled the long-nosed Prosecutor. "This
is a scandal, an outrage to the Bar!"
"Sit down!" said the judge in a very stern voice.
"What animal does Your Honor wish me to talk with?" asked the
Doctor.
"I would like you to talk to my own dog," said the judge. "He is
outside in the cloak-room. I will have him brought in; and then
we shall see what you can do."
Then someone went out and fetched the judge's dog, a lovely great
Russian wolf-hound with slender legs and a shaggy coat. He was a
proud and beautiful creature.
"Now, Doctor," said the judge, "did you ever see this dog
before?-- Remember you are in the witness-stand and under oath."
"No, Your Honor, I never saw him before."
"Very well then, will you please ask him to tell you what I had
for supper last night? He was with me and watched me while I
ate."
Then the Doctor and the dog started talking to one another in
signs and sounds; and they kept at it for quite a long time. And
the Doctor began to giggle and get so interested that he seemed
to forget all about the Court and the judge and everything else.
"What a time he takes!" I heard a fat woman in front of me
whispering. "He's only pretending. Of course he can't do it!
Who ever heard of talking to a dog? He must think we're
children."
"Haven't you finished yet?" the judge asked the Doctor. "It
shouldn't take that long just to ask what I had for supper."
"Oh no, Your Honor," said the Doctor. "The dog told me that long
ago. But then he went on to tell me what you did after supper."
"Never mind that," said the judge. Tell me what answer he gave
you to my question."
"He says you had a mutton-chop, two baked potatoes, a pickled
walnut and a glass of ale."
The Honorable Eustace Beauchamp Conckley went white to the lips.
"Sounds like witchcraft," he muttered. "I never dreamed--"
"And after your supper," the Doctor went on, "he says you went to
see a prize-fight and then sat up playing cards for money till
twelve o'clock and came home singing, 'We wont get--' "
"That will do," the judge interrupted, "I am satisfied you can do
as you say. The prisoner's dog shall be admitted as a witness."
"I protest, I object!" screamed the Prosecutor. "Your Honor,
this is--"
"Sit down!" roared the judge. "I say the dog shall be heard.
That ends the matter. Put the witness in the stand."
And then for the first time in the solemn history of England a
dog was put in the witness-stand of Her Majesty's Court of
Assizes. And it was I, Tommy Stubbins (when the Doctor made a
sign to me across the room) who proudly led Bob up the aisle,
through the astonished crowd, past the frowning, spluttering,
long-nosed Prosecutor, and made him comfortable on a high chair
in the witness-box; from where the old bulldog sat scowling down
over the rail upon the amazed and gaping jury.
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
THE END OF THE MYSTERY
THE trial went swiftly forward after that. Mr. Jenkyns told the
Doctor to ask Bob what he saw on the "night of the 29th;" and
when Bob had told all he knew and the Doctor had turned it into
English for the judge and the jury, this was what he had to say:
"On the night of the 29th of November, 1824, I was with my
master, Luke Fitzjohn (otherwise known as Luke the Hermit) and
his two partners, Manuel Mendoza and William Boggs (otherwise
known as Bluebeard Bill) on their gold-mine in Mexico. For a
long time these three men had been hunting for gold; and they had
dug a deep hole in the ground. On the morning of the 29th gold
was discovered, lots of it, at the bottom of this hole. And all
three, my master and his two partners, were very happy about it
because now they would be rich. But Manuel Mendoza asked
Bluebeard Bill to go for a walk with him. These two men I had
always suspected of being bad. So when I noticed that they left
my master behind, I followed them secretly to see what they were
up to. And in a deep cave in the mountains I heard them arrange
together to kill Luke the Hermit so that they should get all the
gold and he have none."
At this point the judge asked, "Where is the witness Mendoza?
Constable, see that he does not leave the court."
But the wicked little man with the watery eyes had already
sneaked out when no one was looking and he was never seen in
Puddleby again.
"Then," Bob's statement went on, "I went to my master and tried
very hard to make him understand that his partners were dangerous
men. But it was no use. He did not understand dog language. So I
did the next best thing: I never let him out of my sight but
stayed with him every moment of the day and night.
"Now the hole that they had made was so deep that to get down and
up it you had to go in a big bucket tied on the end of a rope;
and the three men used to haul one another up and let one another
down the mine in this way. That was how the gold was brought up
too--in the bucket. Well, about seven o'clock in the evening my
master was standing at the top of the mine, hauling up Bluebeard
Bill who was in the bucket. Just as he had got Bill halfway up I
saw Mendoza come out of the hut where we all lived. Mendoza
thought that Bill was away buying groceries. But he wasn't: he
was in the bucket. And when Mendoza saw Luke hauling and
straining on the rope he thought he was pulling up a bucket-ful
of gold. So he drew a pistol from his pocket and came sneaking up
behind Luke to shoot him.
"I barked and barked to warn my master of the danger he was in;
but he was so busy hauling up Bill (who was a heavy fat man) that
he took no notice of me. I saw that if I didn't do something
quick he would surely be shot. So I did a thing I've never done
before: suddenly and savagely I bit my master in the leg from
behind. Luke was so hurt and startled that he did just what I
wanted him to do: he let go the rope with both hands at once and
turned round. And then, CRASH! down went Bill in his bucket to
the bottom of the mine and he was killed.
"While my master was busy scolding me Mendoza put his pistol in
his pocket, came up with a smile on his face and looked down the
mine.
" 'Why, Good Gracious'!" said he to Luke, 'You've killed
Bluebeard Bill. I must go and tell the police'--hoping, you see,
to get the whole mine to himself when Luke should be put in
prison. Then he jumped on his horse and galloped away."
"And soon my master grew afraid; for he saw that if Mendoza only
told enough lies to the police, it WOULD look as though he had
killed Bill on purpose. So while Mendoza was gone he and I stole
away together secretly and came to England. Here he shaved off
his beard and became a hermit. And ever since, for fifteen years,
we've remained in hiding. This is all I have to say. And I swear
it is the truth, every word."
When the Doctor finished reading Bob's long speech the excitement
among the twelve men of the jury was positively terrific. One, a
very old man with white hair, began to weep in a loud voice at
the thought of poor Luke hiding on the fen for fifteen years for
something he couldn't help. And all the others set to whispering
and nodding their heads to one another.
In the middle of all this up got that horrible Prosecutor again,
waving his arms more wildly than ever.
"Your Honor," he cried, "I must object to this evidence as
biased. Of course the dog would not tell the truth against his
own master. I object. I protest."
"Very well," said the judge, "you are at liberty to
cross-examine. It is your duty as Prosecutor to prove his
evidence untrue. There is the dog: question him, if you do not
believe what he says."
I thought the long-nosed lawyer would have a fit. He looked first
at the dog, then at the Doctor, then at the judge, then back at
the dog scowling from the witness-box. He opened his mouth to say
something; but no words came. He waved his arms some more. His
face got redder and redder. At last, clutching his forehead, he
sank weakly into his seat and had to be helped out of the
court-room by two friends. As he was half carried through the
door he was still feebly murmuring, "I protest--I object--I
protest!"
THE EIGHTH CHAPTER
THREE CHEERS
NEXT the judge made a very long speech to the jury; and when it
was over all the twelve jurymen got up and went out into the next
room. And at that point the Doctor came back, leading Bob, to the
seat beside me.
"What have the jurymen gone out for?" I asked.
"They always do that at the end of a trial--to make up their
minds whether the prisoner did it or not."
"Couldn't you and Bob go in with them and help them make up their
minds the right way?" I asked.
"No, that's not allowed. They have to talk it over in secret.
Sometimes it takes--My Gracious, look, they're coming back
already! They didn't spend long over it."
Everybody kept quite still while the twelve men came tramping
back into their places in the pews. Then one of them, the
leader--a little man-- stood up and turned to the judge. Every
one was holding his breath, especially the Doctor and myself, to
see what he was going to say. You could have heard a pin drop
while the whole court-room, the whole of Puddleby in fact, waited
with craning necks and straining cars to hear the weighty words.
"Your Honor," said the little man, "the jury returns a verdict of
NOT GUILTY."
"What's that mean?" I asked, turning to the Doctor.
But I found Doctor John Dolittle, the famous naturalist, standing
on top of a chair, dancing about on one leg like a schoolboy.
"It means he's free!" he cried, "Luke is free!"
"Then he'll be able to come on the voyage with us, won't he?"
But I could not hear his answer; for the whole court-room seemed
to be jumping up on chairs like the Doctor. The crowd had
suddenly gone crazy. All the people were laughing and calling and
waving to Luke to show him how glad they were that he was free.
The noise was deafening.
Then it stopped. All was quiet again; and the people stood up
respectfully while the judge left the Court. For the trial of
Luke the Hermit, that famous trial which to this day they are
still talking of in Puddleby, was over.
In the hush while the judge was leaving, a sudden shriek rang
out, and there, in the doorway stood a woman, her arms
out-stretched to the Hermit.
"Luke!" she cried, "I've found you at last!"
"It's his wife," the fat woman in front of me whispered. "She
ain't seen 'im in fifteen years, poor dear! What a lovely
re-union. I'm glad I came. I wouldn't have missed this for
anything!"
As soon as the judge had gone the noise broke out again; and now
the folks gathered round Luke and his wife and shook them by the
hand and congratulated them and laughed over them and cried over
them.
"Come along, Stubbins," said the Doctor, taking me by the arm,
"let's get out of this while we can."
"But aren't you going to speak to Luke?" I said--" to ask him if
he'll come on the voyage?"
"It wouldn't be a bit of use," said the Doctor. "His wife's come
for him. No man stands any chance of going on a voyage when his
wife hasn't seen him in fifteen years. Come along. Let's get
home to tea. We didn't have any lunch, remember. And we've
earned something to eat. We'll have one of those mixed meals,
lunch and tea combined-- with watercress and ham. Nice change.
Come along."
Just as we were going to step out at a side door I heard the
crowd shouting,
"The Doctor! The Doctor! Where's the Doctor? The Hermit would
have hanged if it hadn't been for the Doctor. Speech!
Speech!--The Doctor!"
And a man came running up to us and said,
"The people are calling for you, Sir."
"I'm very sorry," said the Doctor, "but I'm in a hurry."
"The crowd won't be denied, Sir," said the man. "They want you
to make a speech in the marketplace."
"Beg them to excuse me," said the Doctor--"with my compliments. I
have an appointment at my house--a very important one which I may
not break. Tell Luke to make a speech. Come along, Stubbins,
this way."
"Oh Lord!" he muttered as we got out into the open air and found
another crowd waiting for him at the side door. "Let's go up that
alleyway--to the left. Quick!--Run!"
We took to our heels, darted through a couple of side streets and
just managed to get away from the crowd.
It was not till we had gained the Oxenthorpe Road that we dared
to slow down to a walk and take our breath. And even when we
reached the Doctor's gate and turned to look backwards towards
the town, the faint murmur of many voices still reached us on the
evening wind.
"They're still clamoring for you," I said. "Listen!"
The murmur suddenly swelled up into a low distant roar; and
although it was a mile and half away you could distinctly hear
the words,
"Three cheers for Luke the Hermit: Hooray!--Three cheers for his
dog: Hooray!--Three cheers for his wife: Hooray!--Three cheers
for the Doctor: Hooray! Hooray! HOO-R-A-Y!"
THE NINTH CHAPTER
THE PURPLE BIRD-OF-PARADISE
POLYNESIA was waiting for us in the front porch. She looked full
of some important news.
"Doctor," said she, "the Purple Bird-of-Paradise has arrived!"
"At last!" said the Doctor. "I had begun to fear some accident
had befallen her. And how is Miranda?"
From the excited way in which the Doctor fumbled his key into the
lock I guessed that we were not geing to get our tea right away,
even now.
"Oh, she seemed all right when she arrived," said
Polynesia--"tired from her long journey of course but otherwise
all right. But what DO you think? That mischief-making sparrow,
Cheapside, insulted her as soon as she came into the garden. When
I arrived on the scene she was in tears and was all for turning
round and going straight back to Brazil to-night. I had the
hardest work persuading her to wait till you came. She's in the
study. I shut Cheapside in one of your book-cases and told him
I'd tell you exactly what had happened the moment you got home."
The Doctor frowned, then walked silently and quickly to the
study.
Here we found the candles lit; for the daylight was nearly gone.
Dab-Dab was standing on the floor mounting guard over one of the
glass-fronted book-cases in which Cheapside had been imprisoned.
The noisy little sparrow was still fluttering angrily behind the
glass when we came in.
In the centre of the big table, perched on the ink-stand, stood
the most beautiful bird I have ever seen. She had a deep
violet-colored breast, scarlet wings and a long, long sweeping
tail of gold. She was unimaginably beautiful but looked
dreadfully tired. Already she had her head under her wing; and
she swayed gently from side to side on top of the ink-stand like
a bird that has flown long and far.
"Sh!" said Dab-Dab. "Miranda is asleep. I've got this little imp
Cheapside in here. Listen, Doctor: for Heaven's sake send that
sparrow away before he does any more mischief. He's nothing but
a vulgar little nuisance. We've had a perfectly awful time trying
to get Miranda to stay. Shall I serve your tea in here, or will
you come into the kitchen when you're ready?"
"We'll come into the kitchen, Dab-Dab," said the Doctor. "Let
Cheapside out before you go, please."
Dab-Dab opened the bookcase-door and Cheapside strutted out
trying hard not to look guilty.
"Cheapside," said the Doctor sternly, "what did you say to
Miranda when she arrived?"
"I didn't say nothing, Doc, straight I didn't. That is, nothing
much. I was picking up crumbs off the gravel path when she comes
swanking into the garden, turning up her nose in all directions,
as though she owned the earth--just because she's got a lot of
colored plumage. A London sparrow's as good as her any day. I
don't hold by these gawdy bedizened foreigners nohow. Why don't
they stay in their own country?"
"But what did you say to her that got her so offended?"
"All I said was, 'You don't belong in an English garden; you
ought to be in a milliner's window. That's all."
"You ought to be ashamed of yourself, Cheapside. Don't you
realize that this bird has come thousands of miles to see me--
only to be insulted by your impertinent tongue as soon as she
reaches my garden? What do you mean by it?--If she had gone away
again before I got back to-night I would never have forgiven
you-- Leave the room."
Sheepishly, but still trying to look as though he didn't care,
Cheapside hopped out into the passage and Dab-Dab closed the
door.
The Doctor went up to the beautiful bird on the ink-stand and
gently stroked its back. Instantly its head popped out from
under its wing.
THE TENTH CHAPTER
LONG ARROW, THE SON OF GOLDEN ARROW
WELL, Miranda," said the Doctor. "I'm terribly sorry this has
happened. But you mustn't mind Cheapside; he doesn't know any
better. He's a city bird; and all his life he has had to squabble
for a living. You must make allowances. He doesn't know any
better."
Miranda stretched her gorgeous wings wearily. Now that I saw her
awake and moving I noticed what a superior, well-bred manner she
had. There were tears in her eyes and her beak was trembling.
"I wouldn't have minded so much," she said in a high silvery
voice, "if I hadn't been so dreadfully worn out--That and
something else," she added beneath her breath.
"Did you have a hard time getting here?" asked the Doctor.
"The worst passage I ever made," said Miranda. "The
weather--Well there. What's the use? I'm here anyway."
"Tell me," said the Doctor as though he had been impatiently
waiting to say something for a long time: "what did Long Arrow
say when you gave him my message?"
The Purple Bird-of-Paradise hung her head.
"That's the worst part of it," she said. "I might almost as well
have not come at all. I wasn't able to deliver your message. I
couldn't find him. LONG ARROW, THE SON OF GOLDEN ARROW, HAS
DISAPPEARED!"
"Disappeared!" cried the Doctor. "Why, what's become of him?"
"Nobody knows," Miranda answered. "He had often disappeared
before, as I have told you--so that the Indians didn't know where
he was. But it's a mighty hard thing to hide away from the birds.
I had always been able to find some owl or martin who could tell
me where he was--if I wanted to know. But not this time. That's
why I'm nearly a fortnight late in coming to you: I kept hunting
and hunting, asking everywhere. I went over the whole length and
breadth of South America. But there wasn't a living thing could
tell me where he was."
There was a sad silence in the room after she had finished; the
Doctor was frowning in a peculiar sort of way and Polynesia
scratched her head.
"Did you ask the black parrots?" asked Polynesia. "They usually
know everything."
"Certainly I did," said Miranda. "And I was so upset at not
being able to find out anything, that I forgot all about
observing the weather-signs before I started my flight here. I
didn't even bother to break my journey at the Azores, but cut
right across, making for the Straits of Gibraltar-- as though it
were June or July. And of course I ran into a perfectly
frightful storm in mid-Atlantic. I really thought I'd never come
through it. Luckily I found a piece of a wrecked vessel floating
in the sea after the storm had partly died down; and I roosted on
it and took some sleep. If I hadn't been able to take that rest I
wouldn't be here to tell the tale."
"Poor Miranda! What a time you must have had!" said the Doctor.
"But tell me, were you able to find out whereabouts Long Arrow
was last seen?"
"Yes. A young albatross told me he had seen him on Spidermonkey
Island?"
"Spidermonkey Island? That's somewhere off the coast of Brazil,
isn't it?"
"Yes, that's it. Of course I flew there right away and asked
every bird on the island--and it is a big island, a hundred miles
long. It seems that Long Arrow was visiting some peculiar Indians
that live there; and that when last seen he was going up into the
mountains looking for rare medicine-plants. I got that from a
tame hawk, a pet, which the Chief of the Indians keeps for
hunting partridges with. I nearly got caught and put in a cage
for my pains too. That's the worst of having beautiful feathers:
it's as much as your life is worth to go near most humans--They
say, 'oh how pretty!' and shoot an arrow or a bullet into you.
You and Long Arrow were the only two men that I would ever trust
myself near--out of all the people in the world."
"But was he never known to have returned from the mountains?"
"No. That was the last that was seen or heard of him. I
questioned the sea-birds around the shores to find out if he had
left the island in a canoe. But they could tell me nothing."
"Do you think that some accident has happened to him?" asked the
Doctor in a fearful voice.
"I'm afraid it must have," said Miranda shaking her head.
"Well," said John Dolittle slowly, "if I could never meet Long
Arrow face to face it would be the greatest disappointment in my
whole life. Not only that, but it would be a great loss to the
knowledge of the human race. For, from what you have told me of
him, he knew more natural science than all the rest of us put
together; and if he has gone without any one to write it down for
him, so the world may be the better for it, it would be a
terrible thing. But you don't really think that he is dead, do
you?"
"What else can I think?" asked Miranda, bursting into tears,
"when for six whole months he has not been seen by flesh, fish or
fowl."
THE ELEVENTH CHAPTER
BLIND TRAVEL
THIS news about Long Arrow made us all very sad. And I could see
from the silent dreamy way the Doctor took his tea that he was
dreadfully upset. Every once in a while he would stop eating
altogether and sit staring at the spots on the kitchen
table-cloth as though his thoughts were far away; till Dab-Dab,
who was watching to see that he got a good meal, would cough or
rattle the pots in the sink.
I did my best to cheer him up by reminding him of all he had done
for Luke and his wife that afternoon. And when that didn't seem
to work, I went on talking about our preparations for the voyage.
"But you see, Stubbins," said he as we rose from the table and
Dab-Dab and Chee-Chee began to clear away, "I don't know where to
go now. I feel sort of lost since Miranda brought me this news.
On this voyage I had planned going to see Long Arrow. I had been
looking forward to it for a whole year. I felt he might help me
in learning the language of the shellfish--and perhaps in finding
some way of getting to the bottom of the sea. But now?--He's
gone! And all his great knowledge has gone with him."
Then he seemed to fall a-dreaming again.
"Just to think of it!" he murmured. "Long Arrow and I, two
students-- Although I'd never met him, I felt as though I knew
him quite well. For, in his way--without any schooling--he has,
all his life, been trying to do the very things which I have
tried to do in mine-- And now he's gone!--A whole world lay
between us--And only a bird knew us both!"
We went back into the study, where Jip brought the Doctor his
slippers and his pipe. And after the pipe was lit and the smoke
began to fill the room the old man seemed to cheer up a little.
"But you will go on some voyage, Doctor, won't you?" I
asked--"even if you can't go to find Long Arrow."
He looked up sharply into my face; and I suppose he saw how
anxious I was. Because he suddenly smiled his old, boyish smile
and said,
"Yes, Stubbins. Don't worry. We'll go. We mustn't stop working
and learning, even if poor Long Arrow has disappeared--But where
to go: that's the question. Where shall we go?"
There were so many places that I wanted to go that I couldn't
make up my mind right away. And while I was still thinking, the
Doctor sat up in his chair and said,
"I tell you what we'll do, Stubbins: it's a game I used to play
when I was young--before Sarah came to live with me. I used to
call it Blind Travel. Whenever I wanted to go on a voyage, and I
couldn't make up my mind where to go, I would take the atlas and
open it with my eyes shut. Next, I'd wave a pencil, still
without looking, and stick it down on whatever page had fallen
open. Then I'd open my eyes and look. It's a very exciting game,
is Blind Travel. Because you have to swear, before you begin,
that you will go to the place the pencil touches, come what way.
Shall we play it?"
"Oh, let's!" I almost yelled. "How thrilling! I hope it's
China-- or Borneo--or Bagdad."
And in a moment I had scrambled up the bookcase, dragged the big
atlas from the top shelf and laid it on the table before the
Doctor.
I knew every page in that atlas by heart. How many days and
nights I had lingered over its old faded maps, following the blue
rivers from the mountains to the sea; wondering what the little
towns really looked like, and how wide were the sprawling lakes!
I had had a lot of fun with that atlas, traveling, in my mind,
all over the world. I can see it now: the first page had no map;
it just told you that it was printed in Edinburgh in 1808, and a
whole lot more about the book. The next page was the Solar
System, showing the sun and planets, the stars and the moon. The
third page was the chart of the North and South Poles. Then came
the hemispheres, the oceans, the continents and the countries.
As the Doctor began sharpening his pencil a thought came to me.
"What if the pencil falls upon the North Pole," I asked, "will we
have to go there?"
"No. The rules of the game say you don't have to go any place
you've been to before. You are allowed another try. I've been to
the North Pole," he ended quietly, "so we shan't have to go
there." I could hardly speak with astonishment.
"YOU'VE BEEN TO THE NORTH POLE!" I managed to gasp out at last.
"But I thought it was still undiscovered. The map shows all the
places explorers have reached to, TRYING to get there. Why isn't
your name down if you discovered it?"
"I promised to keep it a secret. And you must promise me never
to tell any one. Yes, I discovered the North Pole in April,
1809. But shortly after I got there the polar bears came to me in
a body and told me there was a great deal of coal there, buried
beneath the snow. They knew, they said, that human beings would
do anything, and go anywhere, to get coal. So would I please
keep it a secret. Because once people began coming up there to
start coal-mines, their beautiful white country would be
spoiled--and there was nowhere else in the world cold enough for
polar bears to be comfortable. So of course I had to promise them
I would. Ah, well, it will be discovered again some day, by
somebody else. But I want the polar bears to have their
play-ground to themselves as long as possible. And I daresay it
will be a good while yet--for it certainly is a fiendish place to
get to--Well now, are we ready?--Good! Take the pencil and stand
here close to the table. When the book falls open, wave the
pencil round three times and jab it down. Ready?--All right.
Shut your eyes."
It was a tense and fearful moment--but very thrilling. We both
had our eyes shut tight. I heard the atlas fall open with a
bang. I wondered what page it was: England or Asia. If it
should be the map of Asia, so much would depend on where that
pencil would land. I waved three times in a circle. I began to
lower my hand. The pencil-point touched the page.
"All right," I called out, "it's done."
THE TWELFTH CHAPTER
DESTINY AND DESTINATION
WE both opened our eyes; then bumped our heads together with a
crack in our eagerness to lean over and see where we were to go.
The atlas lay open at a map called, Chart of the South Atlantic
Ocean. My pencil-point was resting right in the center of a tiny
island. The name of it was printed so small that the Doctor had
to get out his strong spectacles to read it. I was trembling
with excitement.
"Spidermonkey Island," he read out slowly. Then he whistled
softly beneath his breath. "Of all the extraordinary things!
You've hit upon the very island where Long Arrow was last seen on
earth-- I wonder--Well, well! How very singular!"
"We'll go there, Doctor, won't we?" I asked.
"Of course we will. The rules of the game say we've got to."
"I'm so glad it wasn't Oxenthorpe or Bristol," I said. "It'll be
a grand voyage, this. Look at all the sea we've got to cross.
Will it take us long?"
"Oh, no," said the Doctor--"not very. With a good boat and a
good wind we should make it easily in four weeks. But isn't it
extraordinary? Of all the places in the world you picked out that
one with your eyes shut. Spidermonkey Island after all!--Well,
there's one good thing about it: I shall be able to get some
Jabizri beetles." "What are Jabizri beetles?"
"They are a very rare kind of beetles with peculiar habits. I
want to study them. There are only three countries in the world
where they are to be found. Spidermonkey Island is one of them.
But even there they are very scarce."
"What is this little question-mark after the name of the island
for?" I asked, pointing to the map.
"That means that the island's position in the ocean is not known
very exactly--that it is somewhere ABOUT there. Ships have
probably seen it in that neighborhood, that is all, most likely.
It is quite possible we shall be the first white men to land
there. But I daresay we shall have some difficulty in finding it
first."
How like a dream it all sounded! The two of us sitting there at
the big study-table; the candles lit; the smoke curling towards
the dim ceiling from the Doctor's pipe--the two of us sitting
there, talking about finding an island in the ocean and being the
first white men to land upon it!
"I'll bet it will be a great voyage," I said. "It looks a lovely
island on the map. Will there be black men there?"
"No. A peculiar tribe of Red Indians lives on it, Miranda tells
me."
At this point the poor Bird-of-Paradise stirred and woke up. In
our excitement we had forgotten to speak low.
"We are going to Spidermonkey Island, Miranda," said the Doctor.
"You know where it is, do you not?"
"I know where it was the last time I saw it," said the bird. "But
whether it will be there still, I can't say."
"What do you mean?" asked the Doctor. "It is always in the same
place surely?"
"Not by any means," said Miranda. "Why, didn't you
know?--Spidermonkey Island is a FLOATING island. It moves around
all over the place--usually somewhere near southern South
America. But of course I could surely find it for you if you
want to go there."
At this fresh piece of news I could contain myself no longer. I
was bursting to tell some one. I ran dancing and singing from
the room to find Chee-Chee.
At the door I tripped over Dab-Dab, who was just coming in with
her wings full of plates, and fell headlong on my nose,
"Has the boy gone crazy?" cried the duck. "Where do you think
you're going, ninny?"
"To Spidermonkey Island!" I shouted, picking myself up and doing
cart-wheels down the hall--"Spidermonkey Island! Hooray!--And
it's a FLOATING island!"
"You're going to Bedlam, I should say," snorted the housekeeper.
"Look what you've done to my best china!"
But I was far too happy to listen to her scolding; and I ran on,
singing, into the kitchen to find Chee-Chee.
PART THREE
THE FIRST CHAPTER
THE THIRD MAN
THAT same week we began our preparations for the voyage.
Joe, the mussel-man, had the Curlew moved down the river and tied
it up along the river-wall, so it would be more handy for
loading. And for three whole days we carried provisions down to
our beautiful new boat and stowed them away.
I was surprised to find how roomy and big she was inside. There
were three little cabins, a saloon (or dining-room) and
underneath all this, a big place called the hold where the food
and extra sails and other things were kept.
I think Joe must have told everybody in the town about our coming
voyage, because there was always a regular crowd watching us when
we brought the things down to put aboard. And of course sooner or
later old Matthew Mugg was bound to turn up.
"My Goodness, Tommy," said he, as he watched me carrying on some
sacks of flour, "but that's a pretty boat! Where might the Doctor
be going to this voyage?"
"We're going to Spidermonkey Island," I said proudly.
"And be you the only one the Doctor's taking along?"
"Well, he has spoken of wanting to take another man," I said;
"but so far he hasn't made up his mind."
Matthew grunted; then squinted up at the graceful masts of the
Curlew.
"You know, Tommy," said he, "if it wasn't for my rheumatism I've
half a mind to come with the Doctor myself. There's something
about a boat standing ready to sail that always did make me feel
venturesome and travelish-like. What's that stuff in the cans
you're taking on?"
"This is treacle," I said--"twenty pounds of treacle."
"My Goodness," he sighed, turning away sadly. "That makes me
feel more like going with you than ever--But my rheumatism is
that bad I can't hardly--"
I didn't hear any more for Matthew had moved off, still mumbling,
into the crowd that stood about the wharf. The clock in Puddleby
Church struck noon and I turned back, feeling very busy and
important, to the task of loading.
But it wasn't very long before some one else came along and
interrupted my work. This was a huge, big, burly man with a red
beard and tattoo-marks all over his arms. He wiped his mouth with
the back of his hand, spat twice on to the river-wall and said,
"Boy, where's the skipper?"
"The SKIPPER!--Who do you mean?" I asked.
"The captain--Where's the captain, of this craft?" he said,
pointing to the Curlew.
"Oh, you mean the Doctor," said I. "Well, he isn't here at
present."
At that moment the Doctor arrived with his arms full of
note-books and butterfly-nets and glass cases and other natural
history things. The big man went up to him, respectfully touching
his cap.
"Good morning, Captain," said he. "I heard you was in need of
hands for a voyage. My name's Ben Butcher, able seaman."
"I am very glad to know you," said the Doctor. "But I'm afraid I
shan't be able to take on any more crew."
"Why, but Captain," said the able seaman, "you surely ain't going
to face deep-sea weather with nothing more than this bit of a lad
to help you-- and with a cutter that big!"
The Doctor assured him that he was; but the man didn't go away.
He hung around and argued. He told us he had known of many ships
being sunk through "undermanning." He got out what he called his
stiffikit--a paper which said what a good sailor he was-- and
implored us, if we valued our lives, to take him.
But the Doctor was quite firm-polite but determined--and finally
the man walked sorrowfully away, telling us he never expected to
see us alive again.
Callers of one sort and another kept us quite busy that morning.
The Doctor had no sooner gone below to stow away his note-books
than another visitor appeared upon the gang-plank. This was a
most extraordinary-looking black man. The only other negroes I
had seen had been in circuses, where they wore feathers and bone
necklaces and things like that. But this one was dressed in a
fashionable frock coat with an enormous bright red cravat. On
his head was a straw hat with a gay band; and over this he held a
large green umbrella. He was very smart in every respect except
his feet. He wore no shoes or socks.
"Pardon me," said he, bowing elegantly, "but is this the ship of
the physician Dolittle?"
"Yes," I said, "did you wish to see him?"
"I did--if it will not be discommodious," he answered.
"Who shall I say it is?"
"I am Bumpo Kahbooboo, Crown Prince of Jolliginki."
I ran downstairs at once and told the Doctor.
"How fortunate!" cried John Dolittle. "My old friend Bumpo!
Well, well!--He's studying at Oxford, you know. How good of him
to come all this way to call on me!" And he tumbled up the ladder
to greet his visitor.
The strange black man seemed to be overcome with joy when the
Doctor appeared and shook him warmly by the hand.
"News reached me," he said, "that you were about to sail upon a
voyage. I hastened to see you before your departure. I am
sublimely ecstasied that I did not miss you."
"You very nearly did miss us," said the Doctor. "As it happened,
we were delayed somewhat in getting the necessary number of men
to sail our boat. If it hadn't been for that, we would have been
gone three days ago."
"How many men does your ship's company yet require?" asked Bumpo.
"Only one," said the Doctor--"But it is so hard to find the right
one."
"Methinks I detect something of the finger of Destination in
this," said Bumpo. "How would I do?"
"Splendidly," said the Doctor. "But what about your studies? You
can't very well just go off and leave your university career to
take care of itself, you know."
"I need a holiday," said Bumpo. "Even had I not gone with you, I
intended at the end of this term to take a three-months'
absconsion--But besides, I shall not be neglecting my edification
if I accompany you. Before I left Jolliginki my august father,
the King, told me to be sure and travel plenty. You are a man of
great studiosity. To see the world in your company is an
opportunity not to be sneezed upon. No, no, indeed."
"How did you like the life at Oxford?" asked the Doctor.
"Oh, passably, passably," said Bumpo. "I liked it all except the
algebra and the shoes. The algebra hurt my head and the shoes
hurt my feet. I threw the shoes over a wall as soon as I got out
of the college quadrilateral this morning; and the algebra I am
happily forgetting very fast--I liked Cicero--Yes, I think
Cicero's fine--so simultaneous. By the way, they tell me his son
is rowing for our college next year-- charming fellow."
The Doctor looked down at the black man's huge bare feet
thoughtfully a moment.
"Well," he said slowly, "there is something in what you say,
Bumpo, about getting education from the world as well as from the
college. And if you are really sure that you want to come, we
shall be delighted to have you. Because, to tell you the truth,
I think you are exactly the man we need."
THE SECOND CHAPTER
GOOD-BYE!
TWO days after that we had all in readiness for our departure.
On this voyage Jip begged so hard to be taken that the Doctor
finally gave in and said he could come. Polynesia and Chee-Chee
were the only other animals to go with us. Dab-Dab was left in
charge of the house and the animal family we were to leave
behind.
Of course, as is always the way, at the last moment we kept
remembering things we had forgotten; and when we finally closed
the house up and went down the steps to the road, we were all
burdened with armfuls of odd packages.
Halfway to the river, the Doctor suddenly remembered that he had
left the stock-pot boiling on the kitchen-fire. However, we saw a
blackbird flying by who nested in our garden, and the Doctor
asked her to go back for us and tell Dab-Dab about it.
Down at the river-wall we found a great crowd waiting to see us
off.
Standing right near the gang-plank were my mother and father. I
hoped that they would not make a scene, or burst into tears or
anything like that. But as a matter of fact they behaved quite
well--for parents. My mother said something about being sure not
to get my feet wet; and my father just smiled a crooked sort of
smile, patted me on the back and wished me luck. Good-byes are
awfully uncomfortable things and I was glad when it was over and
we passed on to the ship.
We were a little surprised not to see Matthew Mugg among the
crowd. We had felt sure that he would be there; and the Doctor
had intended to give him some extra instructions about the food
for the animals we had left at the house.
At last, after much pulling and tugging, we got the anchor up and
undid a lot of mooring-ropes. Then the Curlew began to move
gently down the river with the out-running tide, while the people
on the wall cheered and waved their handkerchiefs.
We bumped into one or two other boats getting out into the
stream; and at one sharp bend in the river we got stuck on a mud
bank for a few minutes. But though the people on the shore seemed
to get very excited at these things, the Doctor did not appear to
be disturbed by them in the least.
"These little accidents will happen in the most carefully
regulated voyages," he said as he leaned over the side and fished
for his boots which had got stuck in the mud while we were
pushing off. "Sailing is much easier when you get out into the
open sea. There aren't so many silly things to bump into."
For me indeed it was a great and wonderful feeling, that getting
out into the open sea, when at length we passed the little
lighthouse at the mouth of the river and found ourselves free of
the land. It was all so new and different: just the sky above
you and sea below. This ship, which was to be our house and our
street, our home and our garden, for so many days to come, seemed
so tiny in all this wide water-- so tiny and yet so snug,
sufficient, safe.
I looked around me and took in a deep breath. The Doctor was at
the wheel steering the boat which was now leaping and plunging
gently through the waves. (I had expected to feel seasick at
first but was delighted to find that I didn't.) Bumpo had been
told off to go downstairs and prepare dinner for us. Chee-Chee
was coiling up ropes in the stern and laying them in neat piles.
My work was fastening down the things on the deck so that nothing
could roll about if the weather should grow rough when we got
further from the land. Jip was up in the peak of the boat with
ears cocked and nose stuck out-- like a statue, so still--his
keen old eyes keeping a sharp look-out for floating wrecks,
sand-bars, and other dangers. Each one of us had some special job
to do, part of the proper running of a ship. Even old Polynesia
was taking the sea's temperature with the Doctor's
bath-ther-mometer tied on the end of a string, to make sure there
were no icebergs near us. As I listened to her swearing softly to
herself because she couldn't read the pesky figures in the fading
light, I realized that the voyage had begun in earnest and that
very soon it would be night--my first night at sea!
THE THIRD CHAPTER
OUR TROUBLES BEGIN
JUST before supper-time Bumpo appeared from downstairs and went
to the Doctor at the wheel.
"A stowaway in the hold, Sir," said he in a very business-like
seafaring voice. "I just discovered him, behind the flour-bags."
"Dear me!" said the Doctor. "What a nuisance! Stubbins, go down
with Bumpo and bring the man up. I can't leave the wheel just
now."
So Bumpo and I went down into the hold; and there, behind the
flour-bags, plastered in flour from head to foot, we found a man.
After we had swept most of the flour off him with a broom, we
discovered that it was Matthew Mugg. We hauled him upstairs
sneezing and took him before the Doctor.
"Why Matthew!" said John Dolittle. "What on earth are you doing
here?"
"The temptation was too much for me, Doctor," said the
cat's-meat-man. "You know I've often asked you to take me on
voyages with you and you never would. Well, this time, knowing
that you needed an extra man, I thought if I stayed hid till the
ship was well at sea you would find I came in handy like and keep
me. But I had to lie so doubled up, for hours, behind them
flour-bags, that my rheumatism came on something awful. I just
had to change my position; and of course just as I stretched out
my legs along comes this here African cook of yours and sees my
feet sticking out--Don't this ship roll something awful! How long
has this storm been going on? I reckon this damp sea air
wouldn't be very good for my rheumatics."
"No, Matthew it really isn't. You ought not to have come. You are
not in any way suited to this kind of a life. I'm sure you
wouldn't enjoy a long voyage a bit. We'll stop in at Penzance
and put you ashore. Bumpo, please go downstairs to my bunk; and
listen: in the pocket of my dressing-gown you'll find some maps.
Bring me the small one--with blue pencil-marks at the top. I know
Penzance is over here on our left somewhere. But I must find out
what light-houses there are before I change the ship's course and
sail inshore."
"Very good, Sir," said Bumpo, turning round smartly and making
for the stairway.
"Now Matthew," said the Doctor, "you can take the coach from
Penzance to Bristol. And from there it is not very far to
Puddleby, as you know. Don't forget to take the usual provisions
to the house every Thursday, and be particularly careful to
remember the extra supply of herrings for the baby minks."
While we were waiting for the maps Chee-Chee and I set about
lighting the lamps: a green one on the right side of the ship, a
red one on the left and a white one on the mast.
At last we heard some one trundling on the stairs again and the
Doctor said,
"Ah, here's Bumpo with the maps at last!"
But to our great astonishment it was not Bumpo alone that
appeared but THREE people.
"Good Lord deliver us! Who are these?" cried John Dolittle.
"Two more stowaways, Sir," said Bumpo stepping forward briskly.
"I found them in your cabin hiding under the bunk. One woman and
one man, Sir. Here are the maps."
"This is too much," said the Doctor feebly. "Who are they? I
can't see their faces in this dim light. Strike a match, Bumpo."
You could never guess who it was. It was Luke and his wife. Mrs.
Luke appeared to be very miserable and seasick.
They explained to the Doctor that after they had settled down to
live together in the little shack out on the fens, so many people
came to visit them (having heard about the great trial) that life
became impossible; and they had decided to escape from Puddleby
in this manner-- for they had no money to leave any other
way--and try to find some new place to live where they and their
story wouldn't be so well known. But as soon as the ship had
begun to roll Mrs. Luke had got most dreadfully unwell.
Poor Luke apologized many times for being such a nuisance and
said that the whole thing had been his wife's idea.
The Doctor, after he had sent below for his medicine-bag and had
given Mrs. Luke some sal volatile and smelling-salts, said he
thought the best thing to do would be for him to lend them some
money and put them ashore at Penzance with Matthew. He also
wrote a letter for Luke to take with him to a friend the Doctor
had in the town of Penzance who, it was hoped, would be able to
find Luke work to do there.
As the Doctor opened his purse and took out some gold coins I
heard Polynesia, who was sitting on my shoulder watching the
whole affair, mutter beneath her breath,
"There he goes--lending his last blessed penny--three pounds
ten-- all the money we had for the whole trip! Now we haven't
the price of a postage-stamp aboard if we should lose an anchor
or have to buy a pint of tar--Well, let's, pray we don't run out
of food-- Why doesn't he give them the ship and walk home?"
Presently with the help of the map the course of the boat was
changed and, to Mrs. Luke's great relief, we made for Penzance
and dry land.
I was tremendously interested to see how a ship could be steered
into a port at night with nothing but light-houses and a compass
to guide you. It seemed to me that the Doctor missed all the
rocks and sand-bars very cleverly.
We got into that funny little Cornish harbor about eleven o'clock
that night. The Doctor took his stowaways on shore in our small
row-boat which we kept on the deck of the Curlew and found them
rooms at the hotel there. When he got back he told us that Mrs.
Luke had gone straight to bed and was feeling much better.
It was now after midnight; so we decided to stay in the harbor
and wait till morning before setting out again.
I was glad to get to bed, although I felt that staying up so
tremendously late was great fun. As I climbed into the bunk over
the Doctor's and pulled the blankets snugly round me, I found I
could look out of the port-hole at my elbow, and, without raising
my head from the pillow, could see the lights of Penzance
swinging gently up and down with the motion of the ship at
anchor. It was like being rocked to sleep with a little show
going on to amuse you. I was just deciding that I liked the life
of the sea very much when I fell fast asleep.
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
OUR TROUBLES CONTINUE
THE next morning when we were eating a very excellent breakfast
of kidneys and bacon, prepared by our good cook Bumpo, the Doctor
said to me,
"I was just wondering, Stubbins, whether I should stop at the
Capa Blanca Islands or run right across for the coast of Brazil.
Miranda said we could expect a spell of excellent weather
now--for four and a half weeks at least."
"Well," I said, spooning out the sugar at the bottom of my
cocoa-cup, "I should think it would be best to make straight
across while we are sure of good weather. And besides the Purple
Bird-of-Paradise is going to keep a lookout for us, isn't she?
She'll be wondering what's happened to us if we don't get there
in about a month."
"True, quite true, Stubbins. On the other hand, the Capa Blancas
make a very convenient stopping place on our way across. If we
should need supplies or repairs it would be very handy to put in
there."
"How long will it take us from here to the Capa Blancas?" I
asked.
"About six days," said the Doctor--"Well, we can decide later.
For the next two days at any rate our direction would be the same
practically in either case. If you have finished breakfast let's
go and get under way."
Upstairs I found our vessel surrounded by white and gray seagulls
who flashed and circled about in the sunny morning air, looking
for food-scraps thrown out by the ships into the harbor.
By about half past seven we had the anchor up and the sails set
to a nice steady breeze; and this time we got out into the open
sea without bumping into a single thing. We met the Penzance
fishing fleet coming in from the night's fishing, and very trim
and neat they looked, in a line like soldiers, with their
red-brown sails all leaning over the same way and the white water
dancing before their bows.
For the next three or four days everything went smoothly and
nothing unusual happened. During this time we all got settled
down into our regular jobs; and in spare moments the Doctor
showed each of us how to take our turns at the wheel, the proper
manner of keeping a ship on her right course, and what to do if
the wind changed suddenly. We divided the twenty-four hours of
the day into three spells; and we took it in turns to sleep our
eight hours and be awake sixteen. So the ship was well looked
after, with two of us always on duty.
Besides that, Polynesia, who was an older sailor than any of us,
and really knew a lot about running ships, seemed to be always
awake-- except when she took her couple of winks in the sun,
standing on one leg beside the wheel. You may be sure that no
one ever got a chance to stay abed more than his eight hours
while Polynesia was around. She used to watch the ship's clock;
and if you overslept a half-minute, she would come down to the
cabin and peck you gently on the nose till you got up.
I very soon grew to be quite fond of our funny black friend
Bumpo, with his grand way of speaking and his enormous feet which
some one was always stepping on or falling over. Although he was
much older than I was and had been to college, he never tried to
lord it over me. He seemed to be forever smiling and kept all of
us in good humor. It wasn't long before I began to see the
Doctor's good sense in bringing him--in spite of the fact that he
knew nothing whatever about sailing or travel.
On the morning of the fifth day out, just as I was taking the
wheel over from the Doctor, Bumpo appeared and said,
"The salt beef is nearly all gone, Sir."
"The salt beef!" cried the Doctor. "Why, we brought a hundred
and twenty pounds with us. We couldn't have eaten that in five
days. What can have become of it?"
"I don't know, Sir, I'm sure. Every time I go down to the stores
I find another hunk missing. If it is rats that are eating it,
then they are certainly colossal rodents."
Polynesia who was walking up and down a stay-rope taking her
morning exercise, put in,
"We must search the hold. If this is allowed to go on we will
all be starving before a week is out. Come downstairs with me,
Tommy, and we will look into this matter."
So we went downstairs into the store-room and Polynesia told us
to keep quite still and listen. This we did. And presently we
heard from a dark corner of the hold the distinct sound of
someone snoring.
"Ah, I thought so," said Polynesia. "It's a man--and a big one.
Climb in there, both of you, and haul him out. It sounds as
though he were behind that barrel--Gosh! We seem to have brought
half of Puddleby with us. Anyone would think we were a penny
ferry-boat. Such cheek! Haul him out."
So Bumpo and I lit a lantern and climbed over the stores. And
there, behind the barrel, sure enough, we found an enormous
bearded man fast asleep with a well-fed look on his face. We woke
him up.
"Washamarrer?" he said sleepily.
It was Ben Butcher, the able seaman.
Polynesia spluttered like an angry fire-cracker.
"This is the last straw," said she. "The one man in the world we
least wanted. Shiver my timbers, what cheek!"
"Would it not be advisable," suggested Bumpo, "while the varlet
is still sleepy, to strike him on the head with some heavy object
and push him through a port-hole into the sea?"
"No. We'd get into trouble," said Polynesia. "We're not in
Jolliginki now, you know--worse luck!--Besides, there never was a
port-hole big enough to push that man through. Bring him
upstairs to the Doctor."
So we led the man to the wheel where he respectfully touched his
cap to the Doctor.
"Another stowaway, Sir," said Bumpo smartly. I thought the poor
Doctor would have a fit.
"Good morning, Captain," said the man. "Ben Butcher, able
seaman, at your service. I knew you'd need me, so I took the
liberty of stowing away--much against my conscience. But I just
couldn't bear to see you poor landsmen set out on this voyage
without a single real seaman to help you. You'd never have got
home alive if I hadn't come--Why look at your mainsail, Sir--all
loose at the throat. First gust of wind come along, and away
goes your canvas overboard--Well, it's all right now I'm here.
We'll soon get things in shipshape."
"No, it isn't all right," said the Doctor, "it's all wrong. And
I'm not at all glad to see you. I told you in Puddleby I didn't
want you. You had no right to come."
"But Captain," said the able seaman, "you can't sail this ship
without me. You don't understand navigation. Why, look at the
compass now: you've let her swing a point and a half off her
course. It's madness for you to try to do this trip alone--if
you'll pardon my saying so, Sir. Why--why, you'll lose the
ship!"
"Look here," said the Doctor, a sudden stern look coming into his
eyes, "losing a ship is nothing to me. I've lost ships before
and it doesn't bother me in the least. When I set out to go to a
place, I get there. Do you understand? I may know nothing
whatever about sailing and navigation, but I get there just the
same. Now you may be the best seaman in the world, but on this
ship you're just a plain ordinary nuisance--very plain and very
ordinary. And I am now going to call at the nearest port and put
you ashore."
"Yes, and think yourself lucky," Polynesia put in, "that you are
not locked up for stowing away and eating all our salt beef."
"I don't know what the mischief we're going to do now," I heard
her whisper to Bumpo. "We've no money to buy any more; and that
salt beef was the most important part of the stores."
"Would it not be good political economy," Bumpo whispered back,
"if we salted the able seaman and ate him instead? I should judge
that he would weigh more than a hundred and twenty pounds."
"How often must I tell you that we are not in Jolliginki,"
snapped Polynesia. "Those things are not done on white men's
ships--Still," she murmured after a moment's thought, "it's an
awfully bright idea. I don't suppose anybody saw him come on to
the ship--Oh, but Heavens! we haven't got enough salt. Besides,
he'd be sure to taste of tobacco."
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
POLYNESIA HAS A PLAN
THEN the Doctor told me to take the wheel while he made a little
calculation with his map and worked out what new course we should
take.
"I shall have to run for the Capa Blancas after all," he told me
when the seaman's back was turned. "Dreadful nuisance! But I'd
sooner swim back to Puddleby than have to listen to that fellow's
talk all the way to Brazil."
Indeed he was a terrible person, this Ben Butcher. You'd think
that any one after being told he wasn't wanted would have had the
decency to keep quiet. But not Ben Butcher. He kept going round
the deck pointing out all the things we had wrong. According to
him there wasn't a thing right on the whole ship. The anchor was
hitched up wrong; the hatches weren't fastened down properly; the
sails were put on back to front; all our knots were the wrong
kind of knots.
At last the Doctor told him to stop talking and go downstairs. He
refused--said he wasn't going to be sunk by landlubbers while he
was still able to stay on deck.
This made us feel a little uneasy. He was such an enormous man
there was no knowing what he might do if he got really
obstreperous.
Bumpo and I were talking about this downstairs in the
dining-saloon when Polynesia, Jip and Chee-Chee came and joined
us. And, as usual, Polynesia had a plan.
"Listen," she said, "I am certain this Ben Butcher is a smuggler
and a bad man. I am a very good judge of seamen, remember, and I
don't like the cut of this man's jib. I--"
"Do you really think," I interrupted, "that it is safe for the
Doctor to cross the Atlantic without any regular seamen on his
ship?"
You see it had upset me quite a good deal to find that all the
things we had been doing were wrong; and I was beginning to
wonder what might happen if we ran into a storm--particularly as
Miranda had only said the weather would be good for a certain
time; and we seemed to be having so many delays. But Polynesia
merely tossed her head scornfully.
"Oh, bless you, my boy," said she, "you're always safe with John
Dolittle. Remember that. Don't take any notice of that stupid
old salt. Of course it is perfectly true the Doctor does do
everything wrong. But with him it doesn't matter. Mark my words,
if you travel with John Dolittle you always get there, as you
heard him say. I've been with him lots of times and I know.
Sometimes the ship is upside down when you get there, and
sometimes it's right way up. But you get there just the same.
And then of course there's another thing about the Doctor," she
added thoughtfully: "he always has extraordinary good luck. He
may have his troubles; but with him things seem to have a habit
of turning out all right in the end. I remember once when we
were going through the Straits of Magellan the wind was so
strong--"
"But what are we going to do about Ben Butcher?" Jip put in.
"You had some plan Polynesia, hadn't you?"
"Yes. What I'm afraid of is that he may hit the Doctor on the
head when he's not looking and make himself captain of the
Curlew. Bad sailors do that sometimes. Then they run the ship
their own way and take it where they want. That's what you call a
mutiny."
"Yes," said Jip, "and we ought to do something pretty quick. We
can't reach the Capa Blancas before the day after to-morrow at
best. I don't like to leave the Doctor alone with him for a
minute. He smells like a very bad man to me."
"Well, I've got it all worked out," said Polynesia. "Listen: is
there a key in that door?"
We looked outside the dining-room and found that there was.
"All right," said Polynesia. "Now Bumpo lays the table for lunch
and we all go and hide. Then at twelve o'clock Bumpo rings the
dinner-bell down here. As soon as Ben hears it he'll come down
expecting more salt beef. Bumpo must hide behind the door
outside. The moment that Ben is seated at the dining-table Bumpo
slams the door and locks it. Then we've got him. See?"
"How stratagenious!" Bumpo chuckled. "As Cicero said, parrots
cum parishioners facilime congregation. I'll lay the table at
once."
"Yes and take that Worcestershire sauce off the dresser with you
when you go out," said Polynesia. "Don't leave any loose
eatables around. That fellow has had enough to last any man for
three days. Besides, he won't be so inclined to start a fight
when we put him ashore at the Capa Blancas if we thin him down a
bit before we let him out."
So we all went and hid ourselves in the passage where we could
watch what happened. And presently Bumpo came to the foot of the
stairs and rang the dinner-bell like mad. Then he hopped behind
the dining-room door and we all kept still and listened.
Almost immediately, THUMP, THUMP, THUMP, down the stairs tramped
Ben Butcher, the able seaman. He walked into the dining-saloon,
sat himself down at the head of the table in the Doctor's place,
tucked a napkin under his fat chin and heaved a sigh of
expectation.
Then, BANG! Bumpo slammed the door and locked it.
"That settles HIM for a while," said Polynesia coming out from
her hiding-place. "Now let him teach navigation to the
side-board. Gosh, the cheek of the man! I've forgotten more
about the sea than that lumbering lout will ever know. Let's go
upstairs and tell the Doctor. Bumpo, you will have to serve the
meals in the cabin for the next couple of days."
And bursting into a rollicking Norwegian sea-song, she climbed up
to my shoulder and we went on deck.
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE BED-MAKER OF MONTEVERDE
WE remained three days in the Capa Blanca Islands.
There were two reasons why we stayed there so long when we were
really in such a hurry to get away. One was the shortage in our
provisions caused by the able seaman's enormous appetite. When we
came to go over the stores and make a list, we found that he had
eaten a whole lot of other things besides the beef. And having no
money, we were sorely puzzled how to buy more. The Doctor went
through his trunk to see if there was anything he could sell.
But the only thing he could find was an old watch with the hands
broken and the back dented in; and we decided this would not
bring us in enough money to buy much more than a pound of tea.
Bumpo suggested that he sing comic songs in the streets which he
had learned in Jolliginki. But the Doctor said he did not think
that the islanders would care for African music.
The other thing that kept us was the bullfight. In these
islands, which belonged to Spain, they had bullfights every
Sunday. It was on a Friday that we arrived there; and after we
had got rid of the able seaman we took a walk through the town.
It was a very funny little town, quite different from any that I
had ever seen. The streets were all twisty and winding and so
narrow that a wagon could only just pass along them. The houses
overhung at the top and came so close together that people in the
attics could lean out of the windows and shake hands with their
neighbors on the opposite side of the street. The Doctor told us
the town was very, very old. It was called Monteverde.
As we had no money of course we did not go to a hotel or anything
like that. But on the second evening when we were passing by a
bed-maker's shop we noticed several beds, which the man had made,
standing on the pavement outside. The Doctor started chatting in
Spanish to the bed-maker who was sitting at his door whistling to
a parrot in a cage. The Doctor and the bed-maker got very
friendly talking about birds and things. And as it grew near to
supper-time the man asked us to stop and sup with him.
This of course we were very glad to do. And after the meal was
over (very nice dishes they were, mostly cooked in olive-oil--I
particularly liked the fried bananas) we sat outside on the
pavement again and went on talking far into the night.
At last when we got up, to go back to our ship, this very nice
shopkeeper wouldn't hear of our going away on any account. He
said the streets down by the harbor were very badly lighted and
there was no moon. We would surely get lost. He invited us to
spend the night with him and go back to our ship in the morning.
Well, we finally agreed; and as our good friend had no spare
bedrooms, the three of us, the Doctor, Bumpo and I, slept on the
beds set out for sale on the pavement before the shop. The night
was so hot we needed no coverings. It was great fun to fall
asleep out of doors like this, watching the people walking to and
fro and the gay life of the streets. It seemed to me that Spanish
people never went to bed at all. Late as it was, all the little
restaurants and cafes around us were wide open, with customers
drinking coffee and chatting merrily at the small tables outside.
The sound of a guitar strumming softly in the distance mingled
with the clatter of chinaware and the babble of voices.
Somehow it made me think of my mother and father far away in
Puddleby, with their regular habits, the evening practise on the
flute and the rest--doing the same thing every day. I felt sort
of sorry for them in a way, because they missed the fun of this
traveling life, where we were doing something new all the
time--even sleeping dif-ferently. But I suppose if they had been
invited to go to bed on a pavement in front of a shop they
wouldn't have cared for the idea at all. It is funny how some
people are.
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
THE DOCTOR'S WAGER
NEXT morning we were awakened by a great racket. There was a
procession coming down the street, a number of men in very gay
clothes followed by a large crowd of admiring ladies and cheering
children. I asked the Doctor who they were.
"They are the bullfighters," he said. "There is to be a
bullfight to-morrow."
"What is a bullfight?" I asked.
To my great surprise the Doctor got red in the face with anger.
It reminded me of the time when he had spoken of the lions and
tigers in his private zoo.
"A bullfight is a stupid, cruel, disgusting business," said he.
"These Spanish people are most lovable and hospitable folk. How
they can enjoy these wretched bullfights is a thing I could never
understand."
Then the Doctor went on to explain to me how a bull was first
made very angry by teasing and then allowed to run into a circus
where men came out with red cloaks, waved them at him, and ran
away. Next the bull was allowed to tire himself out by tossing
and killing a lot of poor, old, broken-down horses who couldn't
defend themselves. Then, when the bull was thoroughly out of
breath and wearied by this, a man came out with a sword and
killed the bull.
"Every Sunday," said the Doctor," in almost every big town in
Spain there are six bulls killed like that and as many horses."
"But aren't the men ever killed by the bull?" I asked.
"Unfortunately very seldom," said he. "A bull is not nearly as
dangerous as he looks, even when he's angry, if you are only
quick on your feet and don't lose your head. These bullfighters
are very clever and nimble. And the people, especially the
Spanish ladies, think no end of them. A famous bullfighter (or
matador, as they call them) is a more important man in Spain than
a king--Here comes another crowd of them round the corner, look.
See the girls throwing kisses to them. Ridiculous business!"
At that moment our friend the bed-maker came out to see the
procession go past. And while he was wishing us good morning and
enquiring how we had slept, a friend of his walked up and joined
us. The bed-maker introduced this friend to us as Don Enrique
Cardenas.
Don Enrique when he heard where we were from, spoke to us in
English. He appeared to be a well-educated, gentlemanly sort of
person.
"And you go to see the bullfight to-morrow, yes?" he asked the
Doctor pleasantly.
"Certainly not," said John Dolittle firmly. "I don't like
bullfights-- cruel, cowardly shows."
Don Enrique nearly exploded. I never saw a man get so excited.
He told the Doctor that he didn't know what he was talking about.
He said bullfighting was a noble sport and that the matadors were
the bravest men in the world.
"Oh, rubbish!" said the Doctor. "You never give the poor bull a
chance. It is only when he is all tired and dazed that your
precious matadors dare to try and kill him."
I thought the Spaniard was going to strike the Doctor he got so
angry. While he was still spluttering to find words, the
bed-maker came between them and took the Doctor aside. He
explained to John Dolittle in a whisper that this Don Enrique
Cardenas was a very important person; that he it was who supplied
the bulls--a special, strong black kind-- from his own farm for
all the bullfights in the Capa Blancas. He was a very rich man,
the bed-maker said, a most important personage. He mustn't be
allowed to take offense on any account.
I watched the Doctor's face as the bed-maker finished, and I saw
a flash of boyish mischief come into his eyes as though an idea
had struck him. He turned to the angry Spaniard.
"Don Enrique," he said, "you tell me your bullfighters are very
brave men and skilful. It seems I have offended you by saying
that bullfighting is a poor sport. What is the name of the best
matador you have for to-morrow's show?"
"Pepito de Malaga," said Don Enrique, "one of the greatest names,
one of the bravest men, in all Spain."
"Very well," said the Doctor, "I have a proposal to make to you.
I have never fought a bull in my life. Now supposing I were to
go into the ring to-morrow with Pepito de Malaga and any other
matadors you choose; and if I can do more tricks with a bull than
they can, would you promise to do something for me?"
Don Enrique threw back his head and laughed.
"Man," he said, "you must be mad! You would be killed at once.
One has to be trained for years to become a proper bullfighter."
"Supposing I were willing to take the risk of that--You are not
afraid, I take it, to accept my offer?"
The Spaniard frowned.
"Afraid!" he cried, "Sir, if you can beat Pepito de Malaga in the
bull-ring I'll promise you anything it is possible for me to
grant."
"Very good," said the Doctor, "now I understand that you are
quite a powerful man in these islands. If you wished to stop all
bullfighting here after to-morrow, you could do it, couldn't
you?"
"Yes," said Don Enrique proudly--"I could."
"Well that is what I ask of you--if I win my wager," said John
Dolittle. "If I can do more with angry bulls than can Pepito de
Malaga, you are to promise me that there shall never be another
bullfight in the Capa Blancas so long as you are alive to stop
it. Is it a bargain?"
The Spaniard held out his hand.
"It is a bargain," he said--"I promise. But I must warn you that
you are merely throwing your life away, for you will certainly be
killed. However, that is no more than you deserve for saying
that bullfighting is an unworthy sport. I will meet you here
to-morrow morning if you should wish to arrange any particulars.
Good day, Sir."
As the Spaniard turned and walked into the shop with the
bed-maker, Polynesia, who had been listening as usual, flew up on
to my shoulder and whispered in my ear,
"I, have a plan. Get hold of Bumpo and come some place where the
Doctor can't hear us. I want to talk to you."
I nudged Bumpo's elbow and we crossed the street and pretended to
look into a jeweler's window; while the Doctor sat down upon his
bed to lace up his boots, the only part of his clothing he had
taken off for the night.
"Listen," said Polynesia, "I've been breaking my head trying to
think up some way we can get money to buy those stores with; and
at last I've got it."
"The money?" said Bumpo.
"No, stupid. The idea--to make the money with. Listen: the
Doctor is simply bound to win this game to-morrow, sure as you're
alive. Now all we have to do is to make a side bet with these
Spaniards-- they're great on gambling--and the trick's done."
"What's a side bet?" I asked.
"Oh I know what that is," said Bumpo proudly. "We used to have
lots of them at Oxford when boat-racing was on. I go to Don
Enrique and say, 'I bet you a hundred pounds the Doctor wins.'
Then if he does win, Don Enrique pays me a hundred pounds; and if
he doesn't, I have to pay Don Enrique."
"That's the idea," said Polynesia. "Only don't say a hundred
pounds: say two-thousand five-hundred pesetas. Now come and find
old Don Ricky-ticky and try to look rich."
So we crossed the street again and slipped into the bed-maker's
shop while the Doctor was still busy with his boots.
"Don Enrique," said Bumpo, "allow me to introduce myself. I am
the Crown Prince of Jolliginki. Would you care to have a small
bet with me on to-morrow's bullfight?"
Don Enrique bowed.
"Why certainly," he said, "I shall be delighted. But I must warn
you that you are bound to lose. How much?"
"Oh a mere truffle," said Bumpo--"just for the fun of the thing,
you know. What do you say to three-thousand pesetas?"
"I agree," said the Spaniard bowing once more. "I will meet you
after the bullfight to-morrow."
"So that's all right," said Polynesia as we came out to join the
Doctor. "I feel as though quite a load had been taken off my
mind."
THE EIGHTH CHAPTER
THE GREAT BULLFIGHT
THE next day was a great day in Monteverde. All the streets were
hung with flags; and everywhere gaily dressed crowds were to be
seen flocking towards the bull-ring, as the big circus was called
where the fights took place.
The news of the Doctor's challenge had gone round the town and,
it seemed, had caused much amusement to the islanders. The very
idea of a mere foreigner daring to match himself against the
great Pepito de Malaga!--Serve him right if he got killed!
The Doctor had borrowed a bullfighter's suit from Don Enrique;
and very gay and wonderful he looked in it, though Bumpo and I
had hard work getting the waistcoat to close in front and even
then the buttons kept bursting off it in all directions.
When we set out from the harbor to walk to the bull-ring, crowds
of small boys ran after us making fun of the Doctor's fatness,
calling out, "Juan Hagapoco, el grueso matador!" which is the
Spanish for, "John Dolittle, the fat bullfighter." As soon as we
arrived the Doctor said he would like to take a look at the bulls
before the fight began; and we were at once led to the bull pen
where, behind a high railing, six enormous black bulls were
tramping around wildly.
In a few hurried words and signs the Doctor told the bulls what
he was going to do and gave them careful instructions for their
part of the show. The poor creatures were tremendously glad when
they heard that there was a chance of bullfighting being stopped;
and they promised to do exactly as they were told.
Of course the man who took us in there didn't understand what we
were doing. He merely thought the fat Englishman was crazy when
he saw the Doctor making signs and talking in ox tongue.
From there the Doctor went to the matadors' dressing-rooms while
Bumpo and I with Polynesia made our way into the bull-ring and
took our seats in the great open-air theatre.
It was a very gay sight. Thousands of ladies and gentlemen were
there, all dressed in their smartest clothes; and everybody
seemed very happy and cheerful.
Right at the beginning Don Enrique got up and explained to the
people that the first item on the program was to be a match
between the English Doctor and Pepito de Malaga. He told them
what he had promised if the Doctor should win. But the people did
not seem to think there was much chance of that. A roar of
laughter went up at the very mention of such a thing.
When Pepito came into the ring everybody cheered, the ladies blew
kisses and the men clapped and waved their hats.
Presently a large door on the other side of the ring was rolled
back and in galloped one of the bulls; then the door was closed
again. At once the matador became very much on the alert. He
waved his red cloak and the bull rushed at him. Pepito stepped
nimbly aside and the people cheered again.
This game was repeated several times. But I noticed that
whenever Pepito got into a tight place and seemed to be in real
danger from the bull, an assistant of his, who always hung around
somewhere near, drew the bull's attention upon himself by waving
another red cloak. Then the bull would chase the assistant and
Pepito was left in safety. Most often, as soon as he had drawn
the bull off, this assistant ran for the high fence and vaulted
out of the ring to save himself. They evidently had it all
arranged, these matadors; and it didn't seem to me that they were
in any very great danger from the poor clumsy bull so long as
they didn't slip and fall.
After about ten minutes of this kind of thing the small door into
the matadors' dressing-room opened and the Doctor strolled into
the ring. As soon as his fat figure, dressed In sky-blue velvet,
appeared, the crowd rocked in their seats with laughter.
Juan Hagapoco, as they had called him, walked out into the centre
of the ring and bowed ceremoniously to the ladies in the boxes.
Then he bowed to the bull. Then he bowed to Pepito. While he
was bowing to Pepito's assistant the bull started to rush at him
from behind.
"Look out! Look out!--The bull! You will be killed!" yelled the
crowd.
But the Doctor calmly finished his bow. Then turning round he
folded his arms, fixed the on-rushing bull with his eye and
frowned a terrible frown.
Presently a curious thing happened: the bull's speed got slower
and slower. It almost looked as though he were afraid of that
frown. Soon he stopped altogether. The Doctor shook his finger
at him. He began to tremble. At last, tucking his tail between
his legs, the bull turned round and ran away.
The crowd gasped. The Doctor ran after him. Round and round the
ring they went, both of them puffing and blowing like grampuses.
Excited whispers began to break out among the people. This was
something new in bullfighting, to have the bull running away from
the man, instead of the man away from the bull. At last in the
tenth lap, with a final burst of speed, Juan Hagapoco, the
English matador, caught the poor bull by the tail.
Then leading the now timid creature into the middle of the ring,
the Doctor made him do all manner of tricks: standing on the
hind legs, standing on the front legs, dancing, hopping, rolling
over. He finished up by making the bull kneel down; then he got
on to his back and did handsprings and other acrobatics on the
beast's horns.
Pepito and his assistant had their noses sadly out of joint. The
crowd had forgotten them entirely. They were standing together
by the fence not far from where I sat, muttering to one another
and slowly growing green with jealousy.
Finally the Doctor turned towards Don Enrique's seat and bowing
said in a loud voice, "This bull is no good any more. He's
terrified and out of breath. Take him away, please."
"Does the caballero wish for a fresh bull?" asked Don Enrique.
"No," said the Doctor, "I want five fresh bulls. And I would like
them all in the ring at once, please."
At this a cry of horror burst from the people. They had been
used to seeing matadors escaping from one bull at a time. But
FIVE!--That must mean certain death.
Pepito sprang forward and called to Don Enrique not to allow it,
saying it was against all the rules of bullfighting. ("Ha!"
Polynesia chuckled into my ear. "It's like the Doctor's
navigation: he breaks all the rules; but he gets there. If
they'll only let him, he'll give them the best show for their
money they ever saw.") A great argument began. Half the people
seemed to be on Pepito's side and half on the Doctor's side. At
last the Doctor turned to Pepito and made another very grand bow
which burst the last button off his waistcoat.
"Well, of course if the caballero is afraid--" he began with a
bland smile.
"Afraid!" screamed Pepito. "I am afraid of nothing on earth. I
am the greatest matador in Spain. With this right hand I have
killed nine hundred and fifty-seven bulls."
"All right then," said the Doctor, "let us see if you can kill
five more. Let the bulls in!" he shouted. "Pepito de Malaga is
not afraid."
A dreadful silence hung over the great theatre as the heavy door
into the bull pen was rolled back. Then with a roar the five big
bulls bounded into the ring.
"Look fierce," I heard the Doctor call to them in cattle
language. "Don't scatter. Keep close. Get ready for a rush.
Take Pepito, the one in purple, first. But for Heaven's sake
don't kill him. Just chase him out of the ring--Now then, all
together, go for him!"
The bulls put down their heads and all in line, like a squadron
of cavalry, charged across the ring straight for poor Pepito.
For one moment the Spaniard tried his hardest to look brave. But
the sight of the five pairs of horns coming at him at full gallop
was too much. He turned white to the lips, ran for the fence,
vaulted it and disappeared.
"Now the other one," the Doctor hissed. And in two seconds the
gallant assistant was nowhere to be seen. Juan Hagapoco, the fat
matador, was left alone in the ring with five rampaging bulls.
The rest of the show was really well worth seeing. First, all
five bulls went raging round the ring, butting at the fence with
their horns, pawing up the sand, hunting for something to kill.
Then each one in turn would pretend to catch sight of the Doctor
for the first time and giving a bellow of rage, would lower his
wicked looking horns and shoot like an arrow across the ring as
though he meant to toss him to the sky.
It was really frightfully exciting. And even I who knew it was
all arranged beforehand, held my breath in terror for the
Doctor's life when I saw how near they came to sticking him. But
just at the last moment, when the horns' points were two inches
from the sky-blue waistcoat, the Doctor would spring nimbly to
one side and the great brutes would go thundering harmlessly by,
missing him by no more than a hair.
Then all five of them went for him together, completely
surrounding him, slashing at him with their horns and bellowing
with fury. How he escaped alive I don't know. For several
minutes his round figure could hardly be seen at all in that
scrimmage of tossing heads, stamping hoofs and waving tails.--It
was, as Polynesia had prophesied, the greatest bullfight ever
seen.
One woman in the crowd got quite hysterical and screamed up to
Don Enrique,
"Stop the fight! Stop the fight! He is too brave a man to be
killed. This is the most wonderful matador in the world. Let him
live! Stop the fight!"
But presently the Doctor was seen to break loose from the mob of
animals that surrounded him. Then catching each of them by the
horns, one after another, he would give their heads a sudden
twist and throw them down flat on the sand. The great fellows
acted their parts extremely well. I have never seen trained
animals in a circus do better. They lay there panting on the
ground where the Doctor threw them as if they were exhausted and
completely beaten.
Then with a final bow to the ladies John Dolittle took a cigar
from his pocket, lit it and strolled out of the ring.
THE NINTH CHAPTER
WE DEPART IN A HURRY
AS soon as the door closed behind the Doctor the most tremendous
noise I have ever heard broke loose. Some of the men appeared to
be angry (friends of Pepito's, I suppose) ; but the ladies called
and called to have the Doctor come back into the ring.
When at length he did so, the women seemed to go entirely mad
over him. They blew kisses to him. They called him a darling.
Then they started taking off their flowers, their rings, their
necklaces, and their brooches and threw them down at his feet.
You never saw anything like it--a perfect shower of jewelry and
roses.
But the Doctor just smiled up at them, bowed once more and backed
out.
"Now, Bumpo," said Polynesia, "this is where you go down and
gather up all those trinkets and we'll sell 'em. That's what the
big matadors do: leave the jewelry on the ground and their
assistants collect it for them. We might as well lay in a good
supply of money while we've got the chance-- you never know when
you may need it when you're traveling with the Doctor. Never mind
the roses--you can leave them--but don't leave any rings. And
when you've finished go and get your three-thousand pesetas out
of Don Ricky-ticky. Tommy and I will meet you outside and we'll
pawn the gew-gaws at that Jew's shop opposite the bed-maker's.
Run along-- and not a word to the Doctor, remember."
Outside the bull-ring we found the crowd still in a great state
of excitement. Violent arguments were going on everywhere. Bumpo
joined us with his pockets bulging in all directions; and we made
our way slowly through the dense crowd to that side of the
building where the matadors' dressing-room was. The Doctor was
waiting at the door for us.
"Good work, Doctor!" said Polynesia, flying on to his
shoulder--"Great work!--But listen: I smell danger. I think you
had better get back to the ship now as quick and as quietly as
you can. Put your overcoat on over that giddy suit. I don't
like the looks of this crowd. More than half of them are furious
because you've won. Don Ricky-ticky must now stop the
bullfighting--and you know how they love it. What I'm afraid of
is that some of these matadors who are just mad with jealousy may
start some dirty work. I think this would be a good time for us
to get away."
"I dare say you're right, Polynesia," said the Doctor--"You
usually are. The crowd does seem to be a bit restless. I'll slip
down to the ship alone--so I shan't be so noticeable; and I'll
wait for you there. You come by some different way. But don't be
long about it. Hurry!"
As soon as the Doctor had departed Bumpo sought out Don Enrique
and said,
"Honorable Sir, you owe me three-thousand pesetas."
Without a word, but looking cross-eyed with annoyance, Don
Enrique paid his bet.
We next set out to buy the provisions; and on the way we hired a
cab and took it along with us.
Not very far away we found a big grocer's shop which seemed to
sell everything to eat. We went in and bought up the finest lot
of food you ever saw in your life.
As a matter of fact, Polynesia had been right about the danger we
were in. The news of our victory must have spread like lightning
through the whole town. For as we came out of the shop and
loaded the cab up with our stores, we saw various little knots of
angry men hunting round the streets, waving sticks and shouting,
"The Englishmen! Where are those accursed Englishmen who stopped
the bullfighting?--Hang them to a lamp-post!--Throw them in the
sea! The Englishmen!--We want the Englishmen!"
After that we didn't waste any time, you may be sure. Bumpo
grabbed the Spanish cab-driver and explained to him in signs that
if he didn't drive down to the harbor as fast as he knew how and
keep his mouth shut the whole way, he would choke the life out of
him. Then we jumped into the cab on top of the food, slammed the
door, pulled down the blinds and away we went.
"We won't get a chance to pawn the jewelry now," said Polynesia,
as we bumped over the cobbly streets. "But never mind--it may
come in handy later on. And anyway we've got two-thousand
five-hundred pesetas left out of the bet. Don't give the cabby
more than two pesetas fifty, Bumpo. That's the right fare, I
know."
Well, we reached the harbor all right and we were mighty glad to
find that the Doctor had sent Chee-Chee back with the row-boat to
wait for us at the landing-wall.
Unfortunately while we were in the middle of loading the supplies
from the cab into the boat, the angry mob arrived upon the wharf
and made a rush for us. Bumpo snatched up a big beam of wood that
lay near and swung it round and round his head, letting out
dreadful African battle-yells the while. This kept the crowd off
while Chee-Chee and I hustled the last of the stores into the
boat and clambered in ourselves. Bumpo threw his beam of wood
into the thick of the Spaniards and leapt in after us. Then we
pushed off and rowed like mad for the Curlew.
The mob upon the wall howled with rage, shook their fists and
hurled stones and all manner of things after us. Poor old Bumpo
got hit on the head with a bottle. But as he had a very strong
head it only raised a small bump while the bottle smashed into a
thousand pieces.
When we reached the ship's side the Doctor had the anchor drawn
up and the sails set and everything in readiness to get away.
Looking back we saw boats coming out from the harbor-wall after
us, filled with angry, shouting men. So we didn't bother to
unload our rowboat but just tied it on to the ship's stern with a
rope and jumped aboard.
It only took a moment more to swing the Curlew round into the
wind; and soon we were speeding out of the harbor on our way to
Brazil.
"Ha!" sighed Polynesia, as we all flopped down on the deck to
take a rest and get our breath. "That wasn't a bad
adventure--quite reminds me of my old seafaring days when I
sailed with the smugglers--Golly, that was the life!-- Never mind
your head, Bumpo. It will be all right when the Doctor puts a
little arnica on it. Think what we got out of the scrap: a
boat-load of ship's stores, pockets full of jewelry and thousands
of pesetas. Not bad, you know--not bad."
PART FOUR
THE FIRST CHAPTER
SHELLFISH LANGUAGES AGAIN
MIRANDA, the Purple Bird-of-Paradise had prophesied rightly when
she had foretold a good spell of weather. For three weeks the
good ship Curlew plowed her way through smiling seas before a
steady powerful wind.
I suppose most real sailors would have found this part of the
voyage dull. But not I. As we got further South and further West
the face of the sea seemed different every day. And all the
little things of a voyage which an old hand would have hardly
bothered to notice were matters of great interest for my eager
eyes.
We did not pass many ships. When we did see one, the Doctor
would get out his telescope and we would all take a look at it.
Sometimes he would signal to it, asking for news, by hauling up
little colored flags upon the mast; and the ship would signal
back to us in the same way. The meaning of all the signals was
printed in a book which the Doctor kept in the cabin. He told me
it was the language of the sea and that all ships could
understand it whether they be English, Dutch, or French.
Our greatest happening during those first weeks was passing an
iceberg. When the sun shone on it it burst into a hundred colors,
sparkling like a jeweled palace in a fairy-story. Through the
telescope we saw a mother polar bear with a cub sitting on it,
watching us. The Doctor recognized her as one of the bears who
had spoken to him when he was discovering the North Pole. So he
sailed the ship up close and offered to take her and her baby on
to the Curlew if she wished it. But she only shook her head,
thanking him; she said it would be far too hot for the cub on the
deck of our ship, with no ice to keep his feet cool. It had been
indeed a very hot day; but the nearness of that great mountain of
ice made us all turn up our coat-collars and shiver with the
cold.
During those quiet peaceful days I improved my reading and
writing a great deal with the Doctor's help. I got on so well
that he let me keep the ship's log. This is a big book kept on
every ship, a kind of diary, in which the number of miles run,
the direction of your course and everything else that happens is
written down.
The Doctor too, in what spare time he had, was nearly always
writing-- in his note-books. I used to peep into these sometimes,
now that I could read, but I found it hard work to make out the
Doctor's handwriting. Many of these note-books seemed to be about
sea things. There were six thick ones filled full with notes and
sketches of different seaweeds; and there were others on sea
birds; others on sea worms; others on seashells. They were all
some day to be re-written, printed and bound like regular books.
One afternoon we saw, floating around us, great quantities of
stuff that looked like dead grass. The Doctor told me this was
gulf-weed. A little further on it became so thick that it covered
all the water as far as the eye could reach; it made the Curlew
look as though she were moving across a meadow instead of sailing
the Atlantic.
Crawling about upon this weed, many crabs were to be seen. And
the sight of them reminded the Doctor of his dream of learning
the language of the shellfish. He fished several of these crabs
up with a net and put them in his listening-tank to see if he
could understand them. Among the crabs he also caught a
strange-looking, chubby, little fish which he told me was called
a Silver Fidgit.
After he had listened to the crabs for a while with no success,
he put the fidgit into the tank and began to listen to that. I
had to leave him at this moment to go and attend to some duties
on the deck. But presently I heard him below shouting for me to
come down again.
"Stubbins," he cried as soon as he saw me--"a most extraordinary
thing-- Quite unbelievable--I'm not sure whether I'm
dreaming--Can't believe my own senses. I--I--I--"
"Why, Doctor," I said, "what is it?--What's the matter?"
"The fidgit," he whispered, pointing with a trembling finger to
the listening-tank in which the little round fish was still
swimming quietly, "he talks English! And--and--and HE WHISTLES
TUNES--English tunes!"
"Talks English!" I cried--"Whistles!--Why, it's impossible."
"It's a fact," said the Doctor, white in the face with
excitement. "It's only a few words, scattered, with no particular
sense to them-- all mixed up with his own language which I can't
make out yet. But they're English words, unless there's
something very wrong with my hearing-- And the tune he whistles,
it's as plain as anything--always, the same tune. Now you listen
and tell me what you make of it. Tell me everything you hear.
Don't miss a word."
I went to the glass tank upon the table while the Doctor grabbed
a note-book and a pencil. Undoing my collar I stood upon the
empty packing-case he had been using for a stand and put my right
ear down under the water.
For some moments I detected nothing at all--except, with my dry
ear, the heavy breathing of the Doctor as he waited, all stiff
and anxious, for me to say something. At last from within the
water, sounding like a child singing miles and miles away, I
heard an unbelievably thin, small voice.
"Ah!" I said.
"What is it?" asked the Doctor in a hoarse, trembly whisper.
"What does he say?"
"I can't quite make it out," I said. "It's mostly in some
strange fish language--Oh, but wait a minute!--Yes, now I get
it--'No smoking'. . . . 'My, here's a queer one!' 'Popcorn and
picture postcards here .. . . . . This way out .. . . . . Don't
spit'--What funny things to say, Doctor!--Oh, but wait!-- Now
he's whistling the tune."
"What tune is it?" gasped the Doctor.
"John Peel."
"Ah hah," cried the Doctor, "that's what I made it out to be."
And he wrote furiously in his note-book.
I went on listening.
"This is most extraordinary," the Doctor kept muttering to
himself as his pencil went wiggling over the page--"Most
extraordinary-- but frightfully thrilling. I wonder where he--"
"Here's some more," I cried--"some more English. . . . 'THE BIG
TANK NEEDS CLEANING'.... That's all. Now he's talking fish-talk
again."
"The big tank!" the Doctor murmured frowning in a puzzled kind of
way. "I wonder where on earth he learned--"
Then he bounded up out of his chair.
"I have it," he yelled, "this fish has escaped from an aquarium.
Why, of course! Look at the kind of things he has learned:
'Picture postcards'--they always sell them in aquariums; 'Don't
spit'; 'No smoking'; 'This way out'--the things the attendants
say. And then, 'My, here's a queer one!' That's the kind of
thing that people exclaim when they look into the tanks. It all
fits. There's no doubt about it, Stubbins: we have here a fish
who has escaped from captivity. And it's quite possible-- not
certain, by any means, but quite possible--that I may now,
through him, be able to establish communication with the
shellfish. This is a great piece of luck."
THE SECOND CHAPTER
THE FIDGIT'S STORY
WELL, now that he was started once more upon his old hobby of the
shellfish languages, there was no stopping the Doctor. He worked
right through the night.
A little after midnight I fell asleep in a chair; about two in
the morning Bumpo fell asleep at the wheel; and for five hours
the Curlew was allowed to drift where she liked. But still John
Dolittle worked on, trying his hardest to understand the fidgit's
language, struggling to make the fidgit understand him.
When I woke up it was broad daylight again. The Doctor was still
standing at the listening-tank, looking as tired as an owl and
dreadfully wet. But on his face there was a proud and happy
smile.
"Stubbins," he said as soon as he saw me stir, "I've done it.
I've got the key to the fidgit's language. It's a frightfully
difficult language--quite different from anything I ever heard.
The only thing it reminds me of--slightly--is ancient Hebrew. It
isn't shellfish; but it's a big step towards it. Now, the next
thing, I want you to take a pencil and a fresh notebook and write
down everything I say. The fidgit has promised to tell me the
story of his life. I will translate it into English and you put
it down in the book. Are you ready?"
Once more the Doctor lowered his ear beneath the level of the
water; and as he began to speak, I started to write. And this is
the story that the fidgit told us.
THIRTEEN MONTHS IN AN AQUARIUM
"I was born in the Pacific Ocean, close to the coast of Chile. I
was one of a family of two-thousand five-hundred and ten. Soon
after our mother and father left us, we youngsters got scattered.
The family was broken up--by a herd of whales who chased us. I
and my sister, Clippa (she was my favorite sister) had a very
narrow escape for our lives. As a rule, whales are not very hard
to get away from if you are good at dodging--if you've only got a
quick swerve. But this one that came after Clippa and myself was
a very mean whale, Every time he lost us under a stone or
something he'd come back and hunt and hunt till he routed us out
into the open again. I never saw such a nasty, persevering brute.
"Well, we shook him at last--though not before he had worried us
for hundreds of miles northward, up the west coast of South
America. But luck was against us that day. While we were resting
and trying to get our breath, another family of fidgits came
rushing by, shouting, 'Come on! Swim for your lives! The
dog-fish are coming!'
"Now dog-fish are particularly fond of fidgits. We are, you
might say, their favorite food--and for that reason we always
keep away from deep, muddy waters. What's more, dog-fish are not
easy to escape from; they are terribly fast and clever hunters.
So up we had to jump and on again.
"After we had gone a few more hundred miles we looked back and
saw that the dog-fish were gaining on us. So we turned into a
harbor. It happened to be one on the west coast of the United
States. Here we guessed, and hoped, the dog-fish would not be
likely to follow us. As it happened, they didn't even see us turn
in, but dashed on northward and we never saw them again. I hope
they froze to death in the Arctic Seas.
"But, as I said, luck was against us that day. While I and my
sister were cruising gently round the ships anchored in the
harbor looking for orange-peels, a great delicacy with
us---SWOOP! BANG!-- we were caught in a net.
"We struggled for all we were worth; but it was no use. The net
was small-meshed and strongly made. Kicking and flipping we were
hauled up the side of the ship and dumped down on the deck, high
and dry in a blazing noon-day sun.
"Here a couple of old men in whiskers and spectacles leant over
us, making strange sounds. Some codling had got caught in the
net the same time as we were. These the old men threw back into
the sea; but us they seemed to think very precious. They put us
carefully into a large jar and after they had taken us on shore
they went to a big house and changed us from the jar into glass
boxes full of water. This house was on the edge of the harbor;
and a small stream of sea-water was made to flow through the
glass tank so we could breathe properly. Of course we had never
lived inside glass walls before; and at first we kept on trying
to swim through them and got our noses awfully sore bumping the
glass at full speed.
"Then followed weeks and weeks of weary idleness. They treated
us well, so far as they knew how. The old fellows in spectacles
came and looked at us proudly twice a day and saw that we had the
proper food to eat, the right amount of light and that the water
was not too hot or too cold. But oh, the dullness of that life!
It seemed we were a kind of a show. At a certain hour every
morning the big doors of the house were thrown open and everybody
in the city who had nothing special to do came in and looked at
us. There were other tanks filled with different kinds of fishes
all round the walls of the big room. And the crowds would go from
tank to tank, looking in at us through the glass--with their
mouths open, like half-witted flounders. We got so sick of it
that we used to open our mouths back at them; and this they
seemed to think highly comical.
"One day my sister said to me, 'Think you, Brother, that these
strange creatures who have captured us can talk?'
" 'Surely,' said I, 'have you not noticed that some talk with the
lips only, some with the whole face, and yet others discourse
with the hands? When they come quite close to the glass you can
hear them. Listen!'
"At that moment a female, larger than the rest, pressed her nose
up against the glass, pointed at me and said to her young behind
her, 'Oh, look, here's a queer one!'
"And then we noticed that they nearly always said this when they
looked in. And for a long time we thought that such was the
whole extent of the language, this being a people of but few
ideas. To help pass away the weary hours we learned it by heart,
'Oh, look, here's a queer one!' But we never got to know what it
meant. Other phrases, however, we did get the meaning of; and we
even learned to read a little in man-talk. Many big signs there
were, set up upon the walls; and when we saw that the keepers
stopped the people from spitting and smoking, pointed to these
signs angrily and read them out loud, we knew then that these
writings signified, No Smoking and Don't Spit. "Then in the
evenings, after the crowd had gone, the same aged male with one
leg of wood, swept up the peanut-shells with a broom every night.
And while he was so doing he always whistled the same tune to
himself. This melody we rather liked; and we learned that too by
heart-- thinking it was part of the language.
"Thus a whole year went by in this dismal place. Some days new
fishes were brought in to the other tanks; and other days old
fishes were taken out. At first we had hoped we would only be
kept here for a while, and that after we had been looked at
sufficiently we would be returned to freedom and the sea. But as
month after month went by, and we were left undisturbed, our
hearts grew heavy within our prison-walls of glass and we spoke
to one another less and less.
"One day, when the crowd was thickest in the big room, a woman
with a red face fainted from the heat. I watched through the
glass and saw that the rest of the people got highly excited--
though to me it did not seem to be a matter of very great
importance. They threw cold water on her and carried her out into
the open air.
"This made me think mightily; and presently a great idea burst
upon me.
" 'Sister,' I said, turning to poor Clippa who was sulking at the
bottom of our prison trying to hide behind a stone from the
stupid gaze of the children who thronged about our tank,
'supposing that we pretended we were sick: do you think they
would take us also from this stuffy house?'
" 'Brother,' said she wearily, 'that they might do. But most
likely they would throw us on a rubbish-heap, where we would die
in the hot sun.'
" 'But,' said I, 'why should they go abroad to seek a
rubbish-heap, when the harbor is so close? While we were being
brought here I saw men throwing their rubbish into the water. If
they would only throw us also there, we could quickly reach the
sea.'
" 'The Sea!' murmured poor Clippa with a faraway look in her eyes
(she had fine eyes, had my sister, Clippa). 'How like a dream it
sounds-- the Sea! Oh brother, will we ever swim in it again,
think you? Every night as I lie awake on the floor of this
evil-smelling dungeon I hear its hearty voice ringing in my ears.
How I have longed for it! Just to feel it once again, the nice,
big, wholesome homeliness of it all! To jump, just to jump from
the crest of an Atlantic wave, laughing in the trade wind's
spindrift, down into the blue-green swirling trough! To chase the
shrimps on a summer evening, when the sky is red and the light's
all pink within the foam! To lie on the top, in the doldrums'
noonday calm, and warm your tummy in the tropic sun! To wander
hand in hand once more through the giant seaweed forests of the
Indian Ocean, seeking the delicious eggs of the pop-pop! To play
hide-and-seek among the castles of the coral towns with their
pearl and jasper windows spangling the floor of the Spanish Main!
To picnic in the anemone-meadows, dim blue and lilac-gray, that
lie in the lowlands beyond the South Sea Garden! To throw
somersaults on the springy sponge-beds of the Mexican Gulf! To
poke about among the dead ships and see what wonders and
adventures lie inside!--And then, on winter nights when the
Northeaster whips the water into froth, to swoop down and down to
get away from the cold, down to where the water's warm and dark,
down and still down, till we spy the twinkle of the fire-eels far
below where our friends and cousins sit chatting round the
Council Grotto--chatting, Brother, over the news and gossip of
THE SEA! . . . Oh--'
"And then she broke down completely, sniffling.
" 'Stop it!' I said. 'You make me homesick. Look here: let's
pretend we're sick--or better still, let's pretend we're dead;
and see what happens. If they throw us on a rubbish-heap and we
fry in the sun, we'll not be much worse off than we are here in
this smelly prison. What do you say? Will you risk it?'
" 'I will,' she said--'and gladly.'
"So next morning two fidgits were found by the keeper floating on
the top of the water in their tank, stiff and dead. We gave a
mighty good imitation of dead fish--although I say it myself. The
keeper ran and got the old gentlemen with spectacles and
whiskers. They threw up their hands in horror when they saw us.
Lifting us carefully out of the water they laid us on wet cloths.
That was the hardest part of all. If you're a fish and get taken
out of the water you have to keep opening and shutting your mouth
to breathe at all--and even that you can't keep up for long. And
all this time we had to stay stiff as sticks and breathe silently
through half-closed lips.
"Well, the old fellows poked us and felt us and pinched us till I
thought they'd never be done. Then, when their backs were turned
a moment, a wretched cat got up on the table and nearly ate us.
Luckily the old men turned round in time and shooed her away. You
may be sure though that we took a couple of good gulps of air
while they weren't looking; and that was the only thing that
saved us from choking. I wanted to whisper to Clippa to be brave
and stick it out. But I couldn't even do that; because, as you
know, most kinds of fish-talk cannot be heard--not even a
shout--unless you're under water.
"Then, just as we were about to give it up and let on that we
were alive, one of the old men shook his head sadly, lifted us up
and carried us out of the building.
" 'Now for it!' I thought to myself. 'We'll soon know our fate:
liberty or the garbage-can.'
"Outside, to our unspeakable horror, he made straight for a large
ash-barrel which stood against the wall on the other side of a
yard. Most happily for us, however, while he was crossing this
yard a very dirty man with a wagon and horses drove up and took
the ash-barrel away. I suppose it was his property.
"Then the old man looked around for some other place to throw us.
He seemed about to cast us upon the ground. But he evidently
thought that this would make the yard untidy and he desisted. The
suspense was terrible. He moved outside the yard-gate and my
heart sank once more as I saw that he now intended to throw us in
the gutter of the roadway. But (fortune was indeed with us that
day), a large man in, blue clothes and silver buttons stopped him
in the nick of time. Evidently, from the way the large man
lectured and waved a short thick stick, it was against the rules
of the town to throw dead fish in the streets.
"At last, to our unutterable joy, the old man turned and moved
off with us towards the harbor. He walked so slowly, muttering
to himself all the way and watching the man in blue out of the
corner of his eye, that I wanted to bite his finger to make him
hurry up. Both Clippa and I were actually at our last gasp.
"Finally he reached the sea-wall and giving us one last sad look
he dropped us into the waters of the harbor.
"Never had we realized anything like the thrill of that moment,
as we felt the salt wetness close over our heads. With one flick
of our tails we came to life again. The old man was so surprised
that he fell right into the water, almost on top of us. From
this he was rescued by a sailor with a boat-hook; and the last we
saw of him, the man in blue was dragging him away by the
coat-collar, lecturing him again. Apparently it was also against
the rules of the town to throw dead fish into the harbor.
"But we?--What time or thought had we for his troubles? WE WERE
FREE! In lightning leaps, in curving spurts, in crazy
zig-zags--whooping, shrieking with delight, we sped for home and
the open sea!
"That is all of my story and I will now, as I promised last
night, try to answer any questions you may ask about the sea, on
condition that I am set at liberty as soon as you have done."
The Doctor: Is there any part of the sea deeper than that known
as the Nero Deep--I mean the one near the Island of Guam?"
The Fidgit: "Why, certainly. There's one much deeper than that
near the mouth of the Amazon River. But it's small and hard to
find. We call it 'The Deep Hole.' And there's another in the
Antarctic Sea."
The Doctor: "Can you talk any shellfish language yourself?"
The Fidgit: "No, not a word. We regular fishes don't have
anything to do with the shellfish. We consider them a low class."
The Doctor: "But when you're near them, can you hear the sound
they make talking--I mean without necessarily understanding what
they say?"
The Fidgit: "Only with the very largest ones. Shellfish have
such weak small voices it is almost impossible for any but their
own kind to hear them. But with the bigger ones it is different.
They make a sad, booming noise, rather like an iron pipe being
knocked with a stone--only not nearly so loud of course."
The Doctor: "I am most anxious to get down to the bottom of the
sea--to study many things. But we land animals, as you no doubt
know, are unable to breathe under water. Have you any ideas that
might help me?"
The Fidgit: "I think that for both your difficulties the best
thing for you to do would be to try and get hold of the Great
Glass Sea Snail."
The Doctor: "Er--who, or what, is the Great Glass Sea Snail?"
The Fidgit: "He is an enormous salt-water snail, one of the
winkle family, but as large as a big house. He talks quite
loudly--when he speaks, but this is not often. He can go to any
part of the ocean, at all depths because he doesn't have to be
afraid of any creature in the sea. His shell is made of
transparent mother-o'-pearl so that you can see through it; but
it's thick and strong. When he is out of his shell and he carries
it empty on his back, there is room in it for a wagon and a pair
of horses. He has been seen carrying his food in it when
traveling."
The Doctor: "I feel that that is just the creature I have been
looking for. He could take me and my assistant inside his shell
and we could explore the deepest depths in safety. Do you think
you could get him for me?"
The Fidgit: "Alas! no. I would willingly if I could; but he is
hardly ever seen by ordinary fish. He lives at the bottom of the
Deep Hole, and seldom comes out-- And into the Deep Hole, the
lower waters of which are muddy, fishes such as we are afraid to
go."
The Doctor: "Dear me! That's a terrible disappointment. Are
there many of this kind of snail in the sea?"
The Fidgit: "Oh no. He is the only one in existence, since his
second wife died long, long ago. He is the last of the Giant
Shellfish. He belongs to past ages when the whales were
land-animals and all that. They say he is over seventy thousand
years old."
The Doctor: "Good Gracious, what wonderful things he could tell
me! I do wish I could meet him."
The Fidgit: "Were there any more questions you wished to ask me?
This water in your tank is getting quite warm and sickly. I'd
like to be put back into the sea as soon as you can spare me."
The Doctor: "Just one more thing: when Christopher Columbus
crossed the Atlantic in 1492, he threw overboard two copies of
his diary sealed up in barrels. One of them was never found. It
must have sunk. I would like to get it for my library. Do you
happen to know where it is?"
The Fidgit: "Yes, I do. That too is in the Deep Hole. When the
barrel sank the currents drifted it northwards down what we call
the Orinoco Slope, till it finally disappeared into the Deep
Hole. If it was any other part of the sea I'd try and get it for
you; but not there."
The Doctor: "Well, that is all, I think. I hate to put you back
into the sea, because I know that as soon as I do, I'll think of
a hundred other questions I wanted to ask you. But I must keep
my promise. Would you care for anything before you go?--it seems
a cold day-- some cracker-crumbs or something?"
The Fidgit: "No, I won't stop. All I want just at present is
fresh sea-water."
The Doctor: "I cannot thank you enough for all the information
you have given me. You have been very helpful and patient."
The Fidgit: "Pray do not mention it. It has been a real
pleasure to be of assistance to the great John Dolittle. You
are, as of course you know, already quite famous among the better
class of fishes. Goodbye!--and good luck to you, to your ship
and to all your plans!"
The Doctor carried the listening-tank to a porthole, opened it
and emptied the tank into the sea. "Good-bye!" he murmured as a
faint splash reached us from without.
I dropped my pencil on the table and leaned back with a sigh. My
fingers were so stiff with writers' cramp that I felt as though I
should never be able to open my hand again. But I, at least, had
had a night's sleep. As for the poor Doctor, he was so weary
that he had hardly put the tank back upon the table and dropped
into a chair, when his eyes closed and he began to snore.
In the passage outside Polynesia scratched angrily at the door. I
rose and let her in.
"A nice state of affairs!" she stormed. "What sort of a ship is
this? There's that colored man upstairs asleep under the wheel;
the Doctor asleep down here; and you making pot-hooks in a
copy-book with a pencil! Expect the ship to steer herself to
Brazil? We're just drifting around the sea like an empty
bottle--and a week behind time as it is. What's happened to you
all?"
She was so angry that her voice rose to a scream. But it would
have taken more than that to wake the Doctor.
I put the note-book carefully in a drawer and went on deck to
take the wheel.
THE THIRD CHAPTER
BAD WEATHER
AS soon as I had the Curlew swung round upon her course again I
noticed something peculiar: we were not going as fast as we had
been. Our favorable wind had almost entirely disappeared.
This, at first, we did not worry about, thinking that at any
moment it might spring up again. But the whole day went by; then
two days; then a week,--ten days, and the wind grew no stronger.
The Curlew just dawdled along at the speed of a toddling babe.
I now saw that the Doctor was becoming uneasy. He kept getting
out his sextant (an instrument which tells you what part of the
ocean you are in) and making calculations. He was forever looking
at his maps and measuring distances on them. The far edge of the
sea, all around us, he examined with his telescope a hundred
times a day.
"But Doctor," I said when I found him one afternoon mumbling to
himself about the misty appearance of the sky, "it wouldn't
matter so much would it, if we did take a little longer over the
trip? We've got plenty to eat on board now; and the Purple
Bird-of-Paradise will know that we have been delayed by something
that we couldn't help."
"Yes, I suppose so," he said thoughtfully. "But I hate to keep
her waiting. At this season of the year she generally goes to the
Peruvian mountains-- for her health. And besides, the good
weather she prophesied is likely to end any day now and delay us
still further. If we could only keep moving at even a fair
speed, I wouldn't mind. It's this hanging around, almost dead
still, that gets me restless--Ah, here comes a wind-- Not very
strong--but maybe it'll grow."
A gentle breeze from the Northeast came singing through the
ropes; and we smiled up hopefully at the Curlew's leaning masts.
"We've only got another hundred and fifty miles to make, to sight
the coast of Brazil," said the Doctor. "If that wind would just
stay with us, steady, for a full day we'd see land."
But suddenly the wind changed, swung to the East, then back to
the Northeast--then to the North. It came in fitful gusts, as
though it hadn't made up its mind which way to blow; and I was
kept busy at the wheel, swinging the Curlew this way and that to
keep the right side of it.
Presently we heard Polynesia, who was in the rigging keeping a
look-out for land or passing ships, screech down to us,
"Bad weather coming. That jumpy wind is an ugly sign. And
look!--over there in the East--see that black line, low down? If
that isn't a storm I'm a land-lubber. The gales round here are
fierce, when they do blow--tear your canvas out like paper. You
take the wheel, Doctor: it'll need a strong arm if it's a real
storm. I'll go wake Bumpo and Chee-Chee. This looks bad to me.
We'd best get all the sail down right away, till we see how
strong she's going to blow."
Indeed the whole sky was now beginning to take on a very
threatening look. The black line to the eastward grew blacker as
it came nearer and nearer. A low, rumbly, whispering noise went
moaning over the sea. The water which had been so blue and
smiling turned to a ruffled ugly gray. And across the darkening
sky, shreds of cloud swept like tattered witches flying from the
storm.
I must confess I was frightened. You see I had only so far seen
the sea in friendly moods: sometimes quiet and lazy; sometimes
laughing, venturesome and reckless; sometimes brooding and
poetic, when moonbeams turned her ripples into silver threads and
dreaming snowy night-clouds piled up fairy-castles in the sky.
But as yet I had not known, or even guessed at, the terrible
strength of the Sea's wild anger.
When that storm finally struck us we leaned right over flatly on
our side, as though some in-visible giant had slapped the poor
Curlew on the cheek.
After that things happened so thick and so fast that what with
the wind that stopped your breath, the driving, blinding water,
the deafening noise and the rest, I haven't a very clear idea of
how our shipwreck came about.
I remember seeing the sails, which we were now trying to roll up
upon the deck, torn out of our hands by the wind and go overboard
like a penny balloon--very nearly carrying Chee-Chee with them.
And I have a dim recollection of Polynesia screeching somewhere
for one of us to go downstairs and close the port-holes.
In spite of our masts being bare of sail we were now scudding
along to the southward at a great pace. But every once in a
while huge gray-black waves would arise from under the ship's
side like nightmare monsters, swell and climb, then crash down
upon us, pressing us into the sea; and the poor Curlew would come
to a standstill, half under water, like a gasping, drowning pig.
While I was clambering along towards the wheel to see the Doctor,
clinging like a leech with hands and legs to the rails lest I be
blown overboard, one of these tremendous seas tore loose my hold,
filled my throat with water and swept me like a cork the full
length of the deck. My head struck a door with an awful bang.
And then I fainted.
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
WRECKED!
WHEN I awoke I was very hazy in my head. The sky was blue and
the sea was calm. At first I thought that I must have fallen
asleep in the sun on the deck of the Curlew. And thinking that I
would be late for my turn at the wheel, I tried to rise to my
feet. I found I couldn't; my arms were tied to something behind
me with a piece of rope. By twisting my neck around I found this
to be a mast, broken off short. Then I realized that I wasn't
sitting on a ship at all; I was only sitting on a piece of one.
I began to feel uncomfortably scared. Screwing up my eyes, I
searched the rim of the sea North, East, South and West: no land:
no ships; nothing was in sight. I was alone in the ocean!
At last, little by little, my bruised head began to remember what
had happened: first, the coming of the storm; the sails going
overboard; then the big wave which had banged me against the
door. But what had become of the Doctor and the others? What day
was this, to-morrow or the day after?--And why was I sitting on
only part of a ship?
Working my hand into my pocket, I found my penknife and cut the
rope that tied me. This reminded me of a shipwreck story which
Joe had once told me, of a captain who had tied his son to a mast
in order that he shouldn't be washed overboard by the gale. So of
course it must have been the Doctor who had done the same to me.
But where was he?
The awful thought came to me that the Doctor and the rest of them
must be drowned, since there was no other wreckage to be seen
upon the waters. I got to my feet and stared around the sea
again--Nothing--nothing but water and sky!
Presently a long way off I saw the small dark shape of a bird
skimming low down over the swell. When it came quite close I saw
it was a Stormy Petrel. I tried to talk to it, to see if it
could give me news. But unluckily I hadn't learned much sea-bird
language and I couldn't even attract its attention, much less
make it understand what I wanted.
Twice it circled round my raft, lazily, with hardly a flip of the
wing. And I could not help wondering, in spite of the distress I
was in, where it had spent last night--how it, or any other
living thing, had weathered such a smashing storm. It made me
realize the great big difference between different creatures; and
that size and strength are not everything. To this petrel, a
frail little thing of feathers, much smaller and weaker than I,
the Sea could do anything she liked, it seemed; and his only
answer was a lazy, saucy flip of the wing! HE was the one who
should be called the ABLE SEAMAN. For, come raging gale, come
sunlit calm, this wilderness of water was his home.
After swooping over the sea around me (just looking for food, I
supposed) he went off in the direction from which he had come.
And I was alone once more.
I found I was somewhat hungry--and a little thirsty too. I began
to think all sorts of miserable thoughts, the way one does when
he is lonesome and has missed breakfast. What was going to become
of me now, if the Doctor and the rest were drowned? I would
starve to death or die of thirst. Then the sun went behind some
clouds and I felt cold. How many hundreds or thousands of miles
was I from any land? What if another storm should come and smash
up even this poor raft on which I stood?
I went on like this for a while, growing gloomier and gloomier,
when suddenly I thought of Polynesia. "You're always safe with
the Doctor," she had said. "He gets there. Remember that."
I'm sure I wouldn't have minded so much if he had been here with
me. It was this being all alone that made me want to weep. And
yet the petrel was alone!--What a baby I was, I told myself, to
be scared to the verge of tears just by loneliness! I was quite
safe where I was--for the present anyhow. John Dolittle wouldn't
get scared by a little thing like this. He only got excited when
he made a discovery, found a new bug or something. And if what
Polynesia had said was true, he couldn't be drowned and things
would come out all right in the end somehow.
I threw out my chest, buttoned up my collar and began walking up
and down the short raft to keep warm. I would be like John
Dolittle. I wouldn't cry-- And I wouldn't get excited.
How long I paced back and forth I don't know. But it was a long
time-- for I had nothing else to do.
At last I got tired and lay down to rest. And in spite of all my
troubles, I soon fell fast asleep.
This time when I woke up, stars were staring down at me out of a
cloudless sky. The sea was still calm; and my strange craft was
rocking gently under me on an easy swell. All my fine courage
left me as I gazed up into the big silent night and felt the
pains of hunger and thirst set to work in my stomach harder than
ever.
"Are you awake?" said a high silvery voice at my elbow.
I sprang up as though some one had stuck a pin in me. And there,
perched at the very end of my raft, her beautiful golden tail
glowing dimly in the starlight, sat Miranda, the Purple
Bird-of-Paradise!
Never have I been so glad to see any one in my life. I almost f
ell into the water as I leapt to hug her.
"I didn't want to wake you," said she. "I guessed you must be
tired after all you've been through--Don't squash the life out of
me, boy: I'm not a stuffed duck, you know."
"Oh, Miranda, you dear old thing," said I, "I'm so glad to see
you. Tell me, where is the Doctor? Is he alive?"
"Of course he's alive--and it's my firm belief he always will be.
He's over there, about forty miles to the westward."
"What's he doing there?"
"He's sitting on the other half of the Curlew shaving himself--
or he was, when I left him."
"Well, thank Heaven he's alive!" said I--"And Bumpo--and the
animals, are they all right?"
"Yes, they're with him. Your ship broke in half in the storm.
The Doctor had tied you down when he found you stunned. And the
part you were on got separated and floated away. Golly, it was a
storm! One has to be a gull or an albatross to stand that sort of
weather. I had been watching for the Doctor for three weeks, from
a cliff-top; but last night I had to take refuge in a cave to
keep my tail-feathers from blowing out. As soon as I found the
Doctor, he sent me off with some porpoises to look for you. A
Stormy Petrel volunteered to help us in our search. There had
been quite a gathering of sea-birds waiting to greet the Doctor;
but the rough weather sort of broke up the arrangements that had
been made to welcome him properly. It was the petrel that first
gave us the tip where you were."
"Well, but how can I get to the Doctor, Miranda?--I haven't any
oars."
"Get to him!--Why, you're going to him now. Look behind you."
I turned around. The moon was just rising on the sea's edge. And
I now saw that my raft was moving through the water, but so
gently that I had not noticed it before.
"What's moving us?" I asked.
"The porpoises," said Miranda.
I went to the back of the raft and looked down into the water.
And just below the surface I could see the dim forms of four big
porpoises, their sleek skins glinting in the moonlight, pushing
at the raft with their noses.
"They're old friends of the Doctor's," said Miranda. "They'd do
anything for John Dolittle. We should see his party soon now.
We're pretty near the place I left them--Yes, there they are! See
that dark shape?--No, more to the right of where you're looking.
Can't you make out the figure of the black man standing against
the sky?--Now Chee-Chee spies us--he's waving. Don't you see
them?"
I didn't--for my eyes were not as sharp as Miranda's. But
presently from somewhere in the murky dusk I heard Bumpo singing
his African comic songs with the full force of his enormous
voice. And in a little, by peering and peering in the direction
of the sound, I at last made out a dim mass of tattered,
splintered wreckage--all that remained of the poor Curlew--
floating low down upon the water.
A hulloa came through the night. And I answered it. We kept it
up, calling to one another back and forth across the calm night
sea. And a few minutes later the two halves of our brave little
ruined ship bumped gently together again.
Now that I was nearer and the moon was higher I could see more
plainly. Their half of the ship was much bigger than mine.
It lay partly upon its side; and most of them were perched upon
the top munching ship's biscuit.
But close down to the edge of the water, using the sea's calm
surface for a mirror and a piece of broken bottle for a razor,
John Dolittle was shaving his face by the light of the moon.
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
LAND!
THEY all gave me a great greeting as I clambered off my half of
the ship on to theirs. Bumpo brought me a wonderful drink of
fresh water which he drew from a barrel; and Chee-Chee and
Polynesia stood around me feeding me ship's biscuit.
But it was the sight of the Doctor's smiling face--just knowing
that I was with him once again--that cheered me more than
anything else. As I watched him carefully wipe his glass razor
and put it away for future use, I could not help comparing him in
my mind with the Stormy Petrel. Indeed the vast strange
knowledge which he had gained from his speech and friendship with
animals had brought him the power to do things which no other
human being would dare to try. Like the petrel, he could
apparently play with the sea in all her moods. It was no wonder
that many of the ignorant savage peoples among whom he passed in
his voyages made statues of him showing him as half a fish, half
a bird, and half a man. And ridiculous though it was, I could
quite understand what Miranda meant when she said she firmly
believed that he could never die. Just to be with him gave you a
wonderful feeling of comfort and safety.
Except for his appearance (his clothes were crumpled and damp and
his battered high hat was stained with salt water) that storm
which had so terrified me had disturbed him no more than getting
stuck on the mud-bank in Puddleby River.
Politely thanking Miranda for getting me so quickly, he asked her
if she would now go ahead of us and show us the way to
Spidermonkey Island. Next, he gave orders to the porpoises to
leave my old piece of the ship and push the bigger half wherever
the Bird-of-Paradise should lead us.
How much he had lost in the wreck besides his razor I did not
know-- everything, most likely, together with all the money he
had saved up to buy the ship with. And still he was smiling as
though he wanted for nothing in the world. The only things he
had saved, as far as I could see--beyond the barrel of water and
bag of biscuit-- were his precious note-books. These, I saw when
he stood up, he had strapped around his waist with yards and
yards of twine. He was, as old Matthew Mugg used to say, a great
man. He was unbelievable.
And now for three days we continued our journey slowly but
steadily--southward.
The only inconvenience we suffered from was the cold. This seemed
to increase as we went forward. The Doctor said that the island,
disturbed from its usual paths by the great gale, had evidently
drifted further South than it had ever been before.
On the third night poor Miranda came back to us nearly frozen.
She told the Doctor that in the morning we would find the island
quite close to us, though we couldn't see it now as it was a
misty dark night. She said that she must hurry back at once to a
warmer climate; and that she would visit the Doctor in Puddleby
next August as usual.
"Don't forget, Miranda," said John Dolittle, "if you should hear
anything of what happened to Long Arrow, to get word to me."
The Bird-of-Paradise assured him she would. And after the Doctor
had thanked her again and again for all that she had done for us,
she wished us good luck and disappeared into the night.
We were all awake early in the morning, long before it was light,
waiting for our first glimpse of the country we had come so far
to see. And as the rising sun turned the eastern sky to gray, of
course it was old Polynesia who first shouted that she could see
palm-trees and mountain tops.
With the growing light it became plain to all of us: a long
island with high rocky mountains in the middle-- and so near to
us that you could almost throw your hat upon the shore.
The porpoises gave us one last push and our strange-looking craft
bumped gently on a low beach. Then, thanking our lucky stars for
a chance to stretch our cramped legs, we all bundled off on to
the land--the first land, even though it was floating land, that
we had trodden for six weeks. What a thrill I felt as I realized
that Spidermonkey Island, the little spot in the atlas which my
pencil had touched, lay at last beneath my feet!
When the light increased still further we noticed that the palms
and grasses of the island seemed withered and almost dead. The
Doctor said that it must be on account of the cold that the
island was now suffering from in its new climate. These trees and
grasses, he told us, were the kind that belonged to warm,
tropical weather.
The porpoises asked if we wanted them any further. And the Doctor
said that he didn't think so, not for the present-- nor the raft
either, he added; for it was already beginning to fall to pieces
and could not float much longer.
As we were preparing to go inland and explore the island, we
suddenly noticed a whole band of Red Indians watching us with
great curiosity from among the trees. The Doctor went forward to
talk to them. But he could not make them understand. He tried by
signs to show them that he had come on a friendly visit. The
Indians didn't seem to like us however. They had bows and arrows
and long hunting spears, with stone points, in their hands; and
they made signs back to the Doctor to tell him that if he came a
step nearer they would kill us all. They evidently wanted us to
leave the island at once. It was a very uncomfortable situation.
At last the Doctor made them understand that he only wanted to
see the island all over and that then he would go away-- though
how he meant to do it, with no boat to sail in, was more than I
could imagine.
While they were talking among themselves another Indian arrived--
apparently with a message that they were wanted in some other
part of the island. Because presently, shaking their spears
threateningly at us, they went off with the newcomer.
"What discourteous pagans!" said Bumpo. "Did you ever see such
inhospitability?--Never even asked us if we'd had breakfast, the
benighted bounders!"
"Sh! They're going off to their village," said Polynesia. "I'll
bet there's a village on the other side of those mountains. If
you take my advice, Doctor, you'll get away from this beach while
their backs are turned. Let us go up into the higher land for
the present--some place where they won't know where we are. They
may grow friendlier when they see we mean no harm. They have
honest, open faces and look like a decent crowd to me. They're
just ignorant--probably never saw white folks before."
So, feeling a little bit discouraged by our first reception, we
moved off towards the mountains in the centre of the island.
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE JABIZRI
WE found the woods at the feet of the hills thick and tangly and
somewhat hard to get through. On Polynesia's advice, we kept
away from all paths and trails, feeling it best to avoid meeting
any Indians for the present.
But she and Chee-Chee were good guides and splendid
jungle-hunters; and the two of them set to work at once looking
for food for us. In a very short space of time they had found
quite a number of different fruits and nuts which made excellent
eating, though none of us knew the names of any of them. We
discovered a nice clean stream of good water which came down from
the mountains; so we were supplied with something to drink as
well.
We followed the stream up towards the heights. And presently we
came to parts where the woods were thinner and the ground rocky
and steep. Here we could get glimpses of wonderful views all over
the island, with the blue sea beyond. While we were admiring one
of these the Doctor suddenly said, "Sh!--A Jabizri!--Don't you
hear it?"
We listened and heard, somewhere in the air about us, an
extraordinarily musical hum-like a bee, but not just one note.
This hum rose and fell, up and down--almost like some one
singing.
"No other insect but the Jabizri beetle hums like that," said the
Doctor. "I wonder where he is--quite near, by the sound-- flying
among the trees probably. Oh, if I only had my butterfly-net!
Why didn't I think to strap that around my waist too. Confound
the storm: I may miss the chance of a lifetime now of getting
the rarest beetle in the world--Oh look! There he goes!"
A huge beetle, easily three inches long I should say, suddenly
flew by our noses. The Doctor got frightfully excited. He took
off his hat to use as a net, swooped at the beetle and caught it.
He nearly fell down a precipice on to the rocks below in his wild
hurry, but that didn't bother him in the least. He knelt down,
chortling, upon the ground with the Jabizri safe under his hat.
From his pocket he brought out a glass-topped box, and into this
he very skillfully made the beetle walk from under the rim of the
hat. Then he rose up, happy as a child, to examine his new
treasure through the glass lid.
It certainly was a most beautiful insect. It was pale blue
underneath; but its back was glossy black with huge red spots on
it.
"There isn't an entymologist in the whole world who wouldn't give
all he has to be in my shoes to-day," said the Doctor--"Hulloa!
This Jabizri's got something on his leg--Doesn't look like mud.
I wonder what it is."
He took the beetle carefully out of the box and held it by its
back in his fingers, where it waved its six legs slowly in the
air. We all crowded about him peering at it. Rolled around the
middle section of its right foreleg was something that looked
like a thin dried leaf. It was bound on very neatly with strong
spider-web.
It was marvelous to see how John Dolittle with his fat heavy
fingers undid that cobweb cord and unrolled the leaf, whole,
without tearing it or hurting the precious beetle. The Jabizri
he put back into the box. Then he spread the leaf out flat and
examined it.
You can imagine our surprise when we found that the inside of the
leaf was covered with signs and pictures, drawn so tiny that you
almost needed a magnifying-glass to tell what they were. Some of
the signs we couldn't make out at all; but nearly all of the
pictures were quite plain, figures of men and mountains mostly.
The whole was done in a curious sort of brown ink.
For several moments there was a dead silence while we all stared
at the leaf, fascinated and mystified.
"I think this is written in blood," said the Doctor at last. "It
turns that color when it's dry. Somebody pricked his finger to
make these pictures. It's an old dodge when you're short of
ink-- but highly unsanitary--What an extraordinary thing to find
tied to a beetle's leg! I wish I could talk beetle language, and
find out where the Jabizri got it from."
"But what is it?" I asked--"Rows of little pictures and signs.
What do you make of it, Doctor?"
"It's a letter," he said--"a picture letter. All these little
things put together mean a message--But why give a message to a
beetle to carry--and to a Jabizri, the rarest beetle in the
world?-- What an extraordinary thing!"
Then he fell to muttering over the pictures.
"I wonder what it means: men walking up a mountain; men walking
into a hole in a mountain; a mountain falling down--it's a good
drawing, that; men pointing to their open mouths;
bars--prison-bars, perhaps; men praying; men lying down--they
look as though they might be sick; and last of all, just a
mountain--a peculiar-shaped mountain."
All of a sudden the Doctor looked up sharply at me, a wonderful
smile of delighted understanding spreading over his face.
"LONG ARROW!" he cried, "don't you see, Stubbins?--Why, of
course! Only a naturalist would think of doing a thing like this:
giving his letter to a beetle--not to a common beetle, but to the
rarest of all, one that other naturalists would try to
catch--Well, well! Long Arrow!--A picture-letter from Long Arrow.
For pictures are the only writing that he knows."
"Yes, but who is the letter to?" I asked.
"It's to me very likely. Miranda had told him, I know, years
ago, that some day I meant to come here. But if not for me, then
it's for any one who caught the beetle and read it. It's a letter
to the world."
"Well, but what does it say? It doesn't seem to me that it's
much good to you now you've got it."
"Yes, it is," he said, "because, look, I can read it now. First
picture: men walking up a mountain--that's Long Arrow and his
party; men going into a hole in a mountain--they enter a cave
looking for medicine-plants or mosses; a mountain falling
down--some hanging rocks must have slipped and trapped them,
imprisoned them in the cave. And this was the only living
creature that could carry a message for them to the outside
world--a beetle, who could BURROW his way into the open air. Of
course it was only a slim chance that the beetle would be ever
caught and the letter read. But it was a chance; and when men
are in great danger they grab at any straw of hope. . . . All
right. Now look at the next picture: men pointing to their open
mouths-- they are hungry; men praying--begging any one who finds
this letter to come to their assistance; men lying down--they are
sick, or starving. This letter, Stubbins, is their last cry for
help."
He sprang to his feet as he ended, snatched out a note-book and
put the letter between the leaves. His hands were trembling with
haste and agitation.
"Come on!" he cried--"up the mountain--all of you. There's not a
moment to lose. Bumpo, bring the water and nuts with you. Heaven
only knows how long they've been pining underground. Let's hope
and pray we're not too late!"
"But where are you going to look?" I asked. "Miranda said the
island was a hundred miles long and the mountains seem to run all
the way down the centre of it."
"Didn't you see the last picture?" he said, grabbing up his hat
from the ground and cramming it on his head. "It was an oddly
shaped mountain-- looked like a hawk's head. Well, there's where
he is if he's still alive. First thing for us to do, is to get up
on a high peak and look around the island for a mountain shaped
like a hawks' head--just to think of it! There's a chance of my
meeting Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow, after all!--Come on!
Hurry! To delay may mean death to the greatest naturalist ever
born!"
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
HAWK'S-HEAD MOUNTAIN
WE all agreed afterwards that none of us had ever worked so hard
in our lives before as we did that day. For my part, I know I
was often on the point of dropping exhausted with fatigue; but I
just kept on going--like a machine--determined that, whatever
happened, I would not be the first to give up.
When we had scrambled to the top of a high peak, almost instantly
we saw the strange mountain pictured in the letter. In shape it
was the perfect image of a hawk's head, and was, as far as we
could see, the second highest summit in the island.
Although we were all out of breath from our climb, the Doctor
didn't let us rest a second as soon as he had sighted it. With
one look at the sun for direction, down he dashed again, breaking
through thickets, splashing over brooks, taking all the short
cuts. For a fat man, he was certainly the swiftest cross-country
runner I ever saw.
We floundered after him as fast as we could. When I say WE, I
mean Bumpo and myself; for the animals, Jip, Chee-Chee and
Polynesia, were a long way ahead--even beyond the
Doctor--enjoying the hunt like a paper-chase.
At length we arrived at the foot of the mountain we were making
for; and we found its sides very steep. Said the Doctor,
"Now we will separate and search for caves. This spot where we
now are, will be our meeting-place. If anyone finds anything like
a cave or a hole where the earth and rocks have fallen in, he
must shout and hulloa to the rest of us. If we find nothing we
will all gather here in about an hour's time--Everybody
understand?"
Then we all went off our different ways.
Each of us, you may be sure, was anxious to be the one to make a
discovery. And never was a mountain searched so thoroughly. But
alas! nothing could we find that looked in the least like a
fallen-in cave. There were plenty of places where rocks had
tumbled down to the foot of the slopes; but none of these
appeared as though caves or passages could possibly lie behind
them.
One by one, tired and disappointed, we straggled back to the
meeting-place. The Doctor seemed gloomy and impatient but by no
means inclined to give up.
"Jip," he said, "couldn't you SMELL anything like an Indian
anywhere?"
"No," said Jip. "I sniffed at every crack on the mountainside.
But I am afraid my nose will be of no use to you here, Doctor.
The trouble is, the whole air is so saturated with the smell of
spider-monkeys that it drowns every other scent--And besides,
it's too cold and dry for good smelling."
"It is certainly that," said the Doctor--"and getting colder all
the time. I'm afraid the island is still drifting to the
southward. Let's hope it stops before long, or we won't be able
to get even nuts and fruit to eat-- everything in the island will
perish--Chee-Chee, what luck did you have?"
"None, Doctor. I climbed to every peak and pinnacle I could see.
I searched every hollow and cleft. But not one place could I
find where men might be hidden."
"And Polynesia," asked the Doctor, "did you see nothing that
might put us on the right track?"
"Not a thing, Doctor--But I have a plan."
"Oh good!" cried John Dolittle, full of hope renewed. "What is
it? Let's hear it."
"You still have that beetle with you," she asked--" the Biz-biz,
or whatever it is you call the wretched insect?"
"Yes," said the Doctor, producing the glass-topped box from his
pocket, "here it is."
"All right. Now listen," said she. "If what you have supposed
is true--that is, that Long Arrow had been trapped inside the
mountain by falling rock, he probably found that beetle inside
the cave--perhaps many other different beetles too, eh? He
wouldn't have been likely to take the Biz-biz in with him, would
he?--He was hunting plants, you say, not beetles. Isn't that
right?"
"Yes," said the Doctor, "that's probably so."
"Very well. It is fair to suppose then that the beetle's home,
or his hole, is in that place--the part of the mountain where
Long Arrow and his party are imprisoned, isn't it?"
"Quite, quite."
"All right. Then the thing to do is to let the beetle go--and
watch him; and sooner or later he'll return to his home in Long
Arrow's cave. And there we will follow him--Or at all events,"
she added smoothing down her wing-feathers with a very superior
air, "we will follow him till the miserable bug starts nosing
under the earth. But at least he will show us what part of the
mountain Long Arrow is hidden in."
"But he may fly, if I let him out," said the Doctor. "Then we
shall just lose him and be no better off than we were before."
"LET him fly," snorted Polynesia scornfully. "A parrot can wing
it as fast as a Biz-biz, I fancy. If he takes to the air, I'll
guarantee not to let the little devil out of my sight. And if he
just crawls along the ground you can follow him yourself."
"Splendid!" cried the Doctor. "Polynesia, you have a great
brain. I'll set him to work at once and see what happens."
Again we all clustered round the Doctor as he carefully lifted
off the glass lid and let the big beetle climb out upon his
finger.
"Ladybug, Ladybug, fly away home!" crooned Bumpo. "Your house is
on fire and your chil--"
"Oh, be quiet!" snapped Polynesia crossly. "Stop insulting him!
Don't you suppose he has wits enough to go home without your
telling him?"
"I thought perchance he might be of a philandering disposition,"
said Bumpo humbly. "It could be that he is tired of his home and
needs to be encouraged. Shall I sing him 'Home Sweet Home,'
think you?"
"No. Then he'd never go back. Your voice needs a rest. Don't
sing to him: just watch him--Oh, and Doctor, why not tie another
message to the creature's leg, telling Long Arrow that we're
doing our best to reach him and that he mustn't give up hope?"
"I will," said the Doctor. And in a minute he had pulled a dry
leaf from a bush near by and was covering it with little pictures
in pencil.
At last, neatly fixed up with his new mail-bag, Mr. Jabizri
crawled off the Doctor's finger to the ground and looked about
him. He stretched his legs, polished his nose with his front feet
and then. moved off leisurely to the westward.
We had expected him to walk UP the mountain; instead, he walked
AROUND it. Do you know how long it takes a beetle to walk round a
mountain? Well, I assure you it takes an unbelievably long time.
As the hours dragged by, we hoped and hoped that he would get up
and fly the rest, and let Polynesia carry on the work of
following him. But he never opened his wings once. I had not
realized before how hard it is for a human being to walk slowly
enough to keep up with a beetle. It was the most tedious thing I
have ever gone through. And as we dawdled along behind, watching
him like hawks lest we lose him under a leaf or something, we all
got so cross and ill-tempered we were ready to bite one another's
heads off. And when he stopped to look at the scenery or polish
his nose some more, I could hear Polynesia behind me letting out
the most dreadful seafaring swear-words you ever heard.
After he had led us the whole way round the mountain he brought
us to the exact spot where we started from and there he came to a
dead stop.
"Well," said Bumpo to Polynesia, "what do you think of the
beetle's sense now? You see he DOESN'T know enough to go home."
"Oh, be still, you Hottentot!" snapped Polynesia. "Wouldn't YOU
want to stretch your legs for exercise if you'd been shut up in a
box all day. Probably his home is near here, and that's why he's
come back."
"But why," I asked, "did he go the whole way round the mountain
first?"
Then the three of us got into a violent argument. But in the
middle of it all the Doctor suddenly called out,
"Look, look!"
We turned and found that he was pointing to the Jabizri, who was
now walking UP the mountain at a much faster and more
business-like gait.
"Well," said Bumpo sitting down wearily; "if he is going to walk
OVER the mountain and back, for more exercise, I'll wait for him
here. Chee-Chee and Polynesia can follow him."
Indeed it would have taken a monkey or a bird to climb the place
which the beetle was now walking up. It was a smooth, flat part
of the mountain's side, steep as a wall.
But presently, when the Jabizri was no more than ten feet above
our heads, we all cried out together. For, even while we watched
him, he had disappeared into the face of the rock like a raindrop
soaking into sand.
"He's gone," cried Polynesia. "There must be a hole up there."
And in a twinkling she had fluttered up the rock and was clinging
to the face of it with her claws.
"Yes," she shouted down, "we've run him to earth at last. His
hole is right here, behind a patch of lichen--big enough to get
two fingers in." "Ah," cried the Doctor, "this great slab of rock
then must have slid down from the summit and shut off the mouth
of the cave like a door. Poor fellows! What a dreadful time they
must have spent in there!-- Oh, if we only had some picks and
shovels now!"
"Picks and shovels wouldn't do much good," said Polynesia. "Look
at the size of the slab: a hundred feet high and as many broad.
You would need an army for a week to make any impression on it."
"I wonder how thick it is," said the Doctor; and he picked up a
big stone and banged it with all his might against the face of
the rock. It made a hollow booming sound, like a giant drum. We
all stood still listening while the echo of it died slowly away.
And then a cold shiver ran down my spine. For, from within the
mountain, back came three answering knocks: BOOM! . . . BOOM! .
. . BOOM!
Wide-eyed we looked at one another as though the earth itself had
spoken. And the solemn little silence that followed was broken by
the Doctor.
"Thank Heaven," he said in a hushed reverent voice, "some of them
at least are alive!"
PART FIVE
THE FIRST CHAPTER
A GREAT MOMENT
THE next part of our problem was the hardest of all: how to roll
aside, pull down or break open, that gigantic slab. As we gazed
up at it towering above our heads, it looked indeed a hopeless
task for our tiny strength.
But the sounds of life from inside the mountain had put new heart
in us. And in a moment we were all scrambling around trying to
find any opening or crevice which would give us something to work
on. Chee-Chee scaled up the sheer wall of the slab and examined
the top of it where it leaned against the mountain's side; I
uprooted bushes and stripped off hanging creepers that might
conceal a weak place; the Doctor got more leaves and composed new
picture-letters for the Jabizri to take in if he should turn up
again; whilst Polynesia carried up a handful of nuts and pushed
them into the beetle's hole, one by one, for the prisoners inside
to eat.
"Nuts are so nourishing," she said.
But Jip it was who, scratching at the foot of the slab like a
good ratter, made the discovery which led to our final success.
"Doctor," he cried, running up to John Dolittle with his nose all
covered with black mud, "this slab is resting on nothing but a
bed of soft earth. You never saw such easy digging. I guess the
cave behind must be just too high up for the Indians to reach the
earth with their hands, or they could have scraped a way out long
ago. If we can only scratch the earth-bed away from under, the
slab might drop a little. Then maybe the Indians can climb out
over the top."
The Doctor hurried to examine the place where Jip had dug.
"Why, yes," he said, "if we can get the earth away from under
this front edge, the slab is standing up so straight, we might
even make it fall right down in this direction. It's well worth
trying. Let's get at it, quick."
We had no tools but the sticks and slivers of stone which we
could find around. A strange sight we must have looked, the
whole crew of us squatting down on our heels, scratching and
burrowing at the foot of the mountain, like six badgers in a row.
After about an hour, during which in spite of the cold the sweat
fell from our foreheads in all directions, the Doctor said,
"Be ready to jump from under, clear out of the way, if she shows
signs of moving. If this slab falls on anybody, it will squash
him flatter than a pancake."
Presently there was a grating, grinding sound.
"Look out!" yelled John Dolittle, "here she comes!--Scatter!"
We ran for our lives, outwards, toward the sides. The big rock
slid gently down, about a foot, into the trough which we had made
beneath it. For a moment I was disappointed, for like that, it
was as hopeless as before-- no signs of a cave-mouth showing
above it. But as I looked upward, I saw the top coming very
slowly away from the mountainside. We had unbalanced it below.
As it moved apart from the face of the mountain, sounds of human
voices, crying gladly in a strange tongue, issued from behind.
Faster and faster the top swung forward, downward. Then, with a
roaring crash which shook the whole mountain-range beneath our
feet, it struck the earth and cracked in halves.
How can I describe to any one that first meeting between the two
greatest naturalists the world ever knew, Long Arrow, the son of
Golden Arrow and John Dolittle, M.D., of Puddleby-on-the-Marsh?
The scene rises before me now, plain and clear in every detail,
though it took place so many, many years ago. But when I come to
write of it, words seem such poor things with which to tell you
of that great occasion.
I know that the Doctor, whose life was surely full enough of big
happenings, always counted the setting free of the Indian
scientist as the greatest thing he ever did. For my part, knowing
how much this meeting must mean to him, I was on pins and needles
of expectation and curiosity as the great stone finally thundered
down at our feet and we gazed across it to see what lay behind.
The gloomy black mouth of a tunnel, full twenty feet high, was
revealed. In the centre of this opening stood an enormous red
Indian, seven feet tall, handsome, muscular, slim and naked--but
for a beaded cloth about his middle and an eagle's feather in his
hair. He held one hand across his face to shield his eyes from
the blinding sun which he had not seen in many days.
"It is he!" I heard the Doctor whisper at my elbow. "I know him
by his great height and the scar upon his chin."
And he stepped forward slowly across the fallen stone with his
hand outstretched to the red man.
Presently the Indian uncovered his eyes. And I saw that they had
a curious piercing gleam in them--like the eyes of an eagle, but
kinder and more gentle. He slowly raised his right arm, the rest
of him still and motionless like a statue, and took the Doctor's
hand in his. It was a great moment. Polynesia nodded to me in a
knowing, satisfied kind of way. And I heard old Bumpo sniffle
sentimentally. Then the Doctor tried to speak to Long Arrow.
But the Indian knew no English of course, and the Doctor knew no
Indian. Presently, to my surprise, I heard the Doctor trying him
in different animal languages.
"How do you do?" he said in dog-talk; "I am glad to see you," in
horse-signs; "How long have you been buried?" in deer-language.
Still the Indian made no move but stood there, straight and
stiff, understanding not a word.
The Doctor tried again, in several other animal dialects. But
with no result.
Till at last he came to the language of eagles.
"Great Red-Skin," he said in the fierce screams and short grunts
that the big birds use, "never have I been so glad in all my life
as I am to-day to find you still alive."
In a flash Long Arrow's stony face lit up with a smile of
understanding; and back came the answer in eagle-tongue,
"Mighty White Man, I owe my life to you. For the remainder of my
days I am your servant to command."
Afterwards Long Arrow told us that this was the only bird or
animal language that he had ever been able to learn. But that he
had not spoken it in a long time, for no eagles ever came to this
island.
Then the Doctor signaled to Bumpo who came forward with the nuts
and water. But Long Arrow neither ate nor drank. Taking the
supplies with a nod of thanks, he turned and carried them into
the inner dimness of the cave. We followed him.
Inside we found nine other Indians, men, women and boys, lying on
the rock floor in a dreadful state of thinness and exhaustion.
Some had their eyes closed, as if dead. Quickly the Doctor went
round them all and listened to their hearts. They were all
alive; but one woman was too weak even to stand upon her feet.
At a word from the Doctor, Chee-Chee and Polynesia sped off into
the jungles after more fruit and water.
While Long Arrow was handing round what food we had to his
starving friends, we suddenly heard a sound outside the cave.
Turning about we saw, clustered at the entrance, the band of
Indians who had met us so inhospitably at the beach.
They peered into the dark cave cautiously at first. But as soon
as they saw Long Arrow and the other Indians with us, they came
rushing in, laughing, clapping their hands with joy and jabbering
away at a tremendous rate.
Long Arrow explained to the Doctor that the nine Indians we had
found in the cave with him were two families who had accompanied
him into the mountains to help him gather medicine-plants. And
while they had been searching for a kind of moss--good for
indigestion--which grows only inside of damp caves, the great
rock slab had slid down and shut them in. Then for two weeks they
had lived on the medicine-moss and such fresh water as could be
found dripping from the damp walls of the cave. The other Indians
on the island bad given them up for lost and mourned them as
dead; and they were now very surprised and happy to find their
relatives alive.
When Long Arrow turned to the newcomers and told them in their
own language that it was the white man who had found and freed
their relatives, they gathered round John Dolittle, all talking
at once and beating their breasts.
Long Arrow said they were apologizing and trying to tell the
Doctor how sorry they were that they had seemed unfriendly to him
at the beach. They had never seen a white man before and had
really been afraid of him--especially when they saw him
conversing with the porpoises. They had thought he was the Devil,
they said.
Then they went outside and looked at the great stone we had
thrown down, big as a meadow; and they walked round and round it,
pointing to the break running through the middle and wondering
how the trick of felling it was done.
Travelers who have since visited Spidermonkey Island tell me that
that huge stone slab is now one of the regular sights of the
island. And that the Indian guides, when showing it to visitors,
always tell THEIR story of how it came there. They say that when
the Doctor found that the rocks had entrapped his friend, Long
Arrow, he was so angry that he ripped the mountain in halves with
his bare hands and let him out.
THE SECOND CHAPTER
"THE MEN OF THE MOVING LAND"
FROM that time on the Indians' treatment of us was very
different. We were invited to their village for a feast to
celebrate the recovery of the lost families. And after we had
made a litter from saplings to carry the sick woman in, we all
started off down the mountain.
On the way the Indians told Long Arrow something which appeared
to be sad news, for on hearing it, his face grew very grave. The
Doctor asked him what was wrong. And Long Arrow said he had just
been informed that the chief of the tribe, an old man of eighty,
had died early that morning.
"That," Polynesia whispered in my ear, "must have been what they
went back to the village for, when the messenger fetched them
from the beach.--Remember?"
"What did he die of?" asked the Doctor.
"He died of cold," said Long Arrow.
Indeed, now that the sun was setting, we were all shivering
ourselves.
"This is a serious thing," said the Doctor to me. "The island is
still in the grip of that wretched current flowing southward. We
will have to look into this to-morrow. If nothing can be done
about it, the Indians had better take to canoes and leave the
island. The chance of being wrecked will be better than getting
frozen to death in the ice-floes of the Antarctic."
Presently we came over a saddle in the hills, and looking
downward on the far side of the island, we saw the village-- a
large cluster of grass huts and gaily colored totem-poles close
by the edge of the sea.
"How artistic!" said the Doctor--"Delightfully situated. What is
the name of the village?"
"Popsipetel," said Long Arrow. "That is the name also of the
tribe. The word signifies in Indian tongue, The Men of The Moving
Land. There are two tribes of Indians on the island: the
Popsipetels at this end and the Bag-jagderags at the other."
"Which is the larger of the two peoples?"
"The Bag-jagderags, by far. Their city covers two square
leagues. But," added Long Arrow a slight frown darkening his
handsome face, "for me, I would rather have one Popsipetel than a
hundred Bag-jagderags."
The news of the rescue we had made had evidently gone ahead of
us. For as we drew nearer to the village we saw crowds of Indians
streaming out to greet the friends and relatives whom they had
never thought to see again.
These good people, when they too were told how the rescue had
been the work of the strange white visitor to their shores, all
gathered round the Doctor, shook him by the hands, patted him and
hugged him. Then they lifted him up upon their strong shoulders
and carried him down the hill into the village.
There the welcome we received was even more wonderful. In spite
of the cold air of the coming night, the villagers, who had all
been shivering within their houses, threw open their doors and
came out in hundreds. I had no idea that the little village could
hold so many. They thronged about us, smiling and nodding and
waving their hands; and as the details of what we had done were
recited by Long Arrow they kept shouting strange singing noises,
which we supposed were words of gratitude or praise.
We were next escorted to a brand-new grass house, clean and
sweet-smelling within, and informed that it was ours. Six strong
Indian boys were told off to be our servants.
On our way through the village we noticed a house, larger than
the rest, standing at the end of the main street. Long Arrow
pointed to it and told us it was the Chief's house, but that it
was now empty--no new chief having yet been elected to take the
place of the old one who had died.
Inside our new home a feast of fish and fruit had been prepared.
Most of the more important men of the tribe were already seating
themselves at the long dining-table when we got there. Long Arrow
invited us to sit down and eat.
This we were glad enough to do, as we were all hungry. But we
were both surprised and disappointed when we found that the fish
had not been cooked. The Indians did not seem to think this
extraordinary in the least, but went ahead gobbling the fish with
much relish the way it was, raw.
With many apologies, the Doctor explained to Long Arrow that if
they had no objection we would prefer our fish cooked.
Imagine our astonishment when we found that the great Long Arrow,
so learned in the natural sciences, did not know what the word
COOKED meant!
Polynesia who was sitting on the bench between John Dolittle and
myself pulled the Doctor by the sleeve.
"I'll tell you what's wrong, Doctor," she whispered as he leant
down to listen to her: "THESE PEOPLE HAVE NO FIRES! They don't
know how to make a fire. Look outside: It's almost dark, and
there isn't a light showing ii the whole village. This is a
fireless people."
THE THIRD CHAPTER
FIRE
THEN the Doctor asked Long Arrow if he knew what fire was,
explaining it to him by pictures drawn on the buckskin
table-cloth. Long Arrow said he had seen such a thing--coming out
of the tops of volcanoes; but that neither he nor any of the
Popsipetels knew how it was made.
"Poor perishing heathens!" muttered Bumpo. "No wonder the old
chief died of cold!"
At that moment we heard a crying sound at the door. And turning
round, we saw a weeping Indian mother with a baby in her arms.
She said something to the Indians which we could not understand;
and Long Arrow told us the baby was sick and she wanted the white
doctor to try and cure it.
"Oh Lord!" groaned Polynesia in my ear--"Just like Puddleby:
patients arriving in the middle of dinner. Well, one thing: the
food's raw, so nothing can get cold anyway."
The Doctor examined the baby and found at once that it was
thoroughly chilled.
"Fire--FIRE! That's what it needs," he said turning to Long
Arrow--"That's what you all need. This child will have pneumonia
if it isn't kept warm."
"Aye, truly. But how to make a fire," said Long Arrow--"where to
get it: that is the difficulty. All the volcanoes in this land
are dead."
Then we fell to hunting through our pockets to see if any matches
had survived the shipwreck. The best we could muster were two
whole ones and a half-- all with the heads soaked off them by
salt water.
"Hark, Long Arrow," said the Doctor: "divers ways there be of
making fire without the aid of matches. One: with a strong
glass and the rays of the sun. That however, since the sun has
set, we cannot now employ. Another is by grinding a hard stick
into a soft log--Is the daylight gone without?--Alas yes. Then I
fear we must await the morrow; for besides the different woods,
we need an old squirrel's nest for fuel-- And that without lamps
you could not find in your forests at this hour."
"Great are your cunning and your skill, oh White Man," Long Arrow
replied. "But in this you do us an injustice. Know you not that
all fireless peoples can see in the dark? Having no lamps we are
forced to train ourselves to travel through the blackest night,
lightless. I will despatch a messenger and you shall have your
squirrel's nest within the hour."
He gave an order to two of our boy-servants who promptly
disappeared running. And sure enough, in a very short space of
time a squirrel's nest, together with hard and soft woods, was
brought to our door.
The moon had not yet risen and within the house it was
practically pitch-black. I could feel and hear, however, that the
Indians were moving about comfortably as though it were daylight.
The task of making fire the Doctor had to perform almost entirely
by the sense of touch, asking Long Arrow and the Indians to hand
him his tools when he mislaid them in the dark. And then I made a
curious discovery: now that I had to, I found that I was
beginning to see a little in the dark myself. And for the first
time I realized that of course there is no such thing as
pitch-dark, so long as you have a door open or a sky above you.
Calling for the loan of a bow, the Doctor loosened the string,
put the hard stick into a loop and began grinding this stick into
the soft wood of the log. Soon I smelt that the log was smoking.
Then he kept feeding the part that was smoking with the inside
lining of the squirrel's nest, and he asked me to blow upon it
with my breath. He made the stick drill faster and faster. More
smoke filled the room. And at last the darkness about us was
suddenly lit up. The squirrel's nest had burst into flame.
The Indians murmured and grunted with astonishment. At first
they were all for falling on their knees and worshiping the fire.
Then they wanted to pick it up with their bare hands and play
with it. We had to teach them how it was to be used; and they
were quite fascinated when we laid our fish across it on sticks
and cooked it. They sniffed the air with relish as, for the first
time in history, the smell of fried fish passed through the
village of Popsipetel.
Then we got them to bring us piles and stacks of dry wood; and we
made an enormous bonfire in the middle of the main street. Round
this, when they felt its warmth, the whole tribe gathered and
smiled and wondered. It was a striking sight, one of the
pictures from our voyages that I most frequently remember: that
roaring jolly blaze beneath the black night sky, and all about it
a vast ring of Indians, the firelight gleaming on bronze cheeks,
white teeth and flashing eyes--a whole town trying to get warm,
giggling and pushing like school-children.
In a little, when we had got them more used to the handling of
fire, the Doctor showed them how it could be taken into their
houses if a hole were only made in the roof to let the smoke out.
And before we turned in after that long, long, tiring day, we had
fires going in every hut in the village.
The poor people were so glad to get really warm again that we
thought they'd never go to bed. Well on into the early hours of
the morning the little town fairly buzzed with a great low
murmur: the Popsipetels sitting up talking of their wonderful
pale-faced visitor and this strange good thing he had brought
with him--FIRE!
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
WHAT MAKES AN ISLAND FLOAT
VERY early in our experience of Popsipetel kindness we saw that
if we were to get anything done at all, we would almost always
have to do it secretly. The Doctor was so popular and loved by
all that as soon as he showed his face at his door in the morning
crowds of admirers, waiting patiently outside, flocked about him
and followed him wherever he went. After his fire-making feat,
this childlike people expected him, I think, to be continually
doing magic; and they were determined not to miss a trick.
It was only with great difficulty that we escaped from the crowd
the first morning and set out with Long Arrow to explore the
island at our leisure.
In the interior we found that not only the plants and trees were
suffering from the cold: the animal life was in even worse
straits. Everywhere shivering birds were to be seen, their
feathers all fluffed out, gathering together for flight to summer
lands. And many lay dead upon the ground. Going down to the
shore, we watched land-crabs in large numbers taking to the sea
to find some better home. While away to the Southeast we could
see many icebergs floating-- a sign that we were now not far from
the terrible region of the Antarctic.
As we were looking out to sea, we noticed our friends the
porpoises jumping through the waves. The Doctor hailed them and
they came inshore.
He asked them how far we were from the South Polar Continent.
About a hundred miles, they told him. And then they asked why he
wanted to know.
"Because this floating island we are on," said he, "is drifting
southward all the time in a current. It's an island that
ordinarily belongs somewhere in the tropic zone--real sultry
weather, sunstrokes and all that. If it doesn't stop going
southward pretty soon everything on it is going to perish."
"Well," said the porpoises, "then the thing to do is to get it
back into a warmer climate, isn't it?"
"Yes, but how?" said the Doctor. "We can't ROW it back."
"No," said they, "but whales could push it--if you only got
enough of them."
"What a splendid idea!--Whales, the very thing!" said the Doctor.
"Do you think you could get me some?"
"Why, certainly," said the porpoises, "we passed one herd of them
out there, sporting about among the icebergs. We'll ask them to
come over. And if they aren't enough, we'll try and hunt up some
more. Better have plenty."
"Thank you," said the Doctor. "You are very kind--By the way, do
you happen to know how this island came to be a floating island?
At least half of it, I notice, is made of stone. It is very odd
that it floats at all, isn't it?"
"It is unusual," they said. "But the explanation is quite
simple. It used to be a mountainous part of South America-- an
overhanging part--sort of an awkward corner, you might say. Way
back in the glacial days, thousands of years ago, it broke off
from the mainland; and by some curious accident the inside of it,
which is hollow, got filled with air as it fell into the ocean.
You can only see less than half of the island: the bigger half
is under water. And in the middle of it, underneath, is a huge
rock air-chamber, running right up inside the mountains. And
that's what keeps it floating."
"What a pecurious phenometer!" said Bumpo.
"It is indeed," said the Doctor. "I must make a note of that."
And out came the everlasting note-book.
The porpoises went bounding off towards the icebergs. And not
long after, we saw the sea heaving and frothing as a big herd of
whales came towards us at full speed.
They certainly were enormous creatures; and there must have been
a good two hundred of them.
"Here they are," said the porpoises, poking their heads out of
the water.
"Good!" said the Doctor. "Now just explain to them, will you
please? that this is a very serious matter for all the living
creatures in this land. And ask them if they will be so good as
to go down to the far end of the island, put their noses against
it and push it back near the coast of Southern Brazil."
The porpoises evidently succeeded in persuading the whales to do
as the Doctor asked; for presently we saw them thrashing through
the seas, going off towards the south end of the island.
Then we lay down upon the beach and waited.
After about an hour the Doctor got up and threw a stick into the
water. For a while this floated motionless. But soon we saw it
begin to move gently down the coast.
"Ah!" said the Doctor, "see that?--The island is going North at
last. Thank goodness!"
Faster and faster we left the stick behind; and smaller and
dimmer grew the icebergs on the skyline.
The Doctor took out his watch, threw more sticks into the water
and made a rapid calculation.
"Humph!--Fourteen and a half knots an hour," he murmured--"A very
nice speed. It should take us about five days to get back near
Brazil. Well, that's that-- Quite a load off my mind. I declare
I feel warmer already. Let's go and get something to eat."
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
WAR!
ON our way back to the village the Doctor began discussing
natural history with Long Arrow. But their most interesting
talk, mainly about plants, had hardly begun when an Indian runner
came dashing up to us with a message.
Long Arrow listened gravely to the breathless, babbled words,
then turned to the Doctor and said in eagle tongue,
"Great White Man, an evil thing has befallen the Popsipetels.
Our neighbors to the southward, the thievish Bag-jagderags, who
for so long have cast envious eyes on our stores of ripe corn,
have gone upon the war-path; and even now are advancing to attack
us."
"Evil news indeed," said the Doctor. "Yet let us not judge
harshly. Perhaps it is that they are desperate for food, having
their own crops frost-killed before harvest. For are they not
even nearer the cold South than you?"
"Make no excuses for any man of the tribe of the Bag-jagderags,"
said Long Arrow shaking his head. "They are an idle shiftless
race. They do but see a chance to get corn without the labor of
husbandry. If it were not that they are a much bigger tribe and
hope to defeat their neighbor by sheer force of numbers, they
would not have dared to make open war upon the brave
Popsipetels."
When we reached the village we found it in a great state of
excitement. Everywhere men were seen putting their bows in order,
sharpening spears, grinding battle-axes and making arrows by the
hundred. Women were raising a high fence of bamboo poles all
round the village. Scouts and messengers kept coming and going,
bringing news of the movements of the enemy. While high up in the
trees and hills about the village we could see look-outs watching
the mountains to the southward.
Long Arrow brought another Indian, short but enormously broad,
and introduced him to the Doctor as Big Teeth, the chief warrior
of the Popsipetels.
The Doctor volunteered to go and see the enemy and try to argue
the matter out peacefully with them instead of fighting; for war,
he said, was at best a stupid wasteful business. But the two
shook their heads. Such a plan was hopeless, they said. In the
last war when they had sent a messenger to do peaceful arguing,
the enemy had merely hit him with an ax.
While the Doctor was asking Big Teeth how he meant to defend the
village against attack, a cry of alarm was raised by the
look-outs.
"They're coming!--The Bag-jagderags-swarming down the mountains
in thousands!"
"Well," said the Doctor, "it's all in the day's work, I suppose.
I don't believe in war; but if the village is attacked we must
help defend it."
And he picked up a club from the ground and tried the heft of it
against a stone.
"This," he said, "seems like a pretty good tool to me." And he
walked to the bamboo fence and took his place among the other
waiting fighters.
Then we all got hold of some kind of weapon with which to help
our friends, the gallant Popsipetels: I borrowed a bow and a
quiver full of arrows; Jip was content to rely upon his old, but
still strong teeth; Chee-Chee took a bag of rocks and climbed a
palm where he could throw them down upon the enemies' heads; and
Bumpo marched after the Doctor to the fence armed with a young
tree in one hand and a door-post in the other.
When the enemy drew near enough to be seen from where we stood we
all gasped with astonishment. The hillsides were actually
covered with them-- thousands upon thousands. They made our
small army within the village look like a mere handful.
"Saints alive!" muttered Polynesia, "our little lot will stand no
chance against that swarm. This will never do. I'm going off to
get some help." Where she was going and what kind of help she
meant to get, I had no idea. She just disappeared from my side.
But Jip, who had heard her, poked his nose between the bamboo
bars of the fence to get a better view of the enemy and said,
"Likely enough she's gone after the Black Parrots. Let's hope
she finds them in time. Just look at those ugly ruffians
climbing down the rocks-- millions of 'em! This fight's going to
keep us all hopping."
And Jip was right. Before a quarter of an hour had gone by our
village was completely surrounded by one huge mob of yelling,
raging Bag-jagderags.
I now come again to a part in the story of our voyages where
things happened so quickly, one upon the other, that looking
backwards I see the picture only in a confused kind of way. I
know that if it had not been for the Terrible Three-- as they
came afterwards to be fondly called in Popsipetel history-- Long
Arrow, Bumpo and the Doctor, the war would have been soon over
and the whole island would have belonged to the worthless
Bag-jagderags. But the Englishman, the African and the Indian
were a regiment in themselves; and between them they made that
village a dangerous place for any man to try to enter.
The bamboo fencing which had been hastily set up around the town
was not a very strong affair; and right from the start it gave
way in one place after another as the enemy thronged and crowded
against it. Then the Doctor, Long Arrow and Bumpo would hurry to
the weak spot, a terrific hand-to-hand fight would take place and
the enemy be thrown out. But almost instantly a cry of alarm
would come from some other part of the village-wall; and the
Three would have to rush off and do the same thing all over
again.
The Popsipetels were themselves no mean fighters; but the
strength and weight of those three men of different lands and
colors, standing close together, swinging their enormous
war-clubs, was really a sight for the wonder and admiration of
any one,
Many weeks later when I was passing an Indian camp-fire at night
I heard this song being sung. It has since become one of the
traditional folksongs of the Popsipetels.
THE SONG OF THE TERRIBLE THREE
Oh hear ye the Song of the Terrible Three
And the fight that they fought by the edge of the sea.
Down from the mountains, the rocks and the crags,
Swarming like wasps, came the Bag-jagderags.
Surrounding our village, our walls they broke down.
Oh, sad was the plight of our men and our town!
But Heaven determined our land to set free
And sent us the help of the Terrible Three.
One was a Black--he was dark as the night;
One was a Red-skin, a mountain of height;
But the chief was a White Man, round like a bee;
And all in a row stood the Terrible Three.
Shoulder to shoulder, they hammered and hit.
Like demons of fury they kicked and they bit.
Like a wall of destruction they stood in a row,
Flattening enemies, six at a blow.
Oh, strong was the Red-skin fierce was the Black.
Bag-jagderags trembled and tried to turn back.
But 'twas of the White Man they shouted, "Beware!
He throws men in handfuls, straight up in the air!"
Long shall they frighten bad children at night
With tales of the Red and the Black and the White.
And long shall we sing of the Terrible Three
And the fight that they fought by the edge of the sea.
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
GENERAL POLYNESIA
BUT alas! even the Three, mighty though they were, could not last
forever against an army which seemed to have no end. In one of
the hottest scrimmages, when the enemy had broken a particularly
wide hole through the fence, I saw Long Arrow's great figure
topple and come down with a spear sticking in his broad chest.
For another half-hour Bumpo and the Doctor fought on side by
side. How their strength held out so long I cannot tell, for
never a second were they given to get their breath or rest their
arms.
The Doctor--the quiet, kindly, peaceable, little Doctor!--well,
you wouldn't have known him if you had seen him that day dealing
out whacks you could hear a mile off, walloping and swatting in
all directions.
As for Bumpo, with staring eye-balls and grim set teeth, he was a
veritable demon. None dared come within yards of that wicked,
wide-circling door-post. But a stone, skilfully thrown, struck
him at last in the centre of the forehead. And down went the
second of the Three. John Dolittle, the last of the Terribles,
was left fighting alone.
Jip and I rushed to his side and tried to take the places of the
fallen ones. But, far too light and too small, we made but a poor
exchange. Another length of the fence crashed down, and through
the widened gap the Bag-jagderags poured in on us like a flood.
"To the canoes!--To the sea!" shouted the Popsipetels. "Fly for
your lives!-- All is over!--The war is lost!"
But the Doctor and I never got a chance to fly for our lives. We
were swept off our feet and knocked down flat by the sheer weight
of the mob. And once down, we were unable to get up again. I
thought we would surely be trampled to death.
But at that moment, above the din and racket of the battle, we
heard the most terrifying noise that ever assaulted human ears:
the sound of millions and millions of parrots all screeching with
fury together.
The army, which in the nick of time Polynesia had brought to our
rescue, darkened the whole sky to the westward. I asked her
afterwards, how many birds there were; and she said she didn't
know exactly but that they certainly numbered somewhere between
sixty and seventy millions. In that extraordinarily short space
of time she had brought them from the mainland of South America.
If you have ever heard a parrot screech with anger you will know
that it makes a truly frightful sound; and if you have ever been
bitten by one, you will know that its bite can be a nasty and a
painful thing.
The Black Parrots (coal-black all over, they were--except for a
scarlet beak and a streak of red in wing and tail) on the word of
command from Polynesia set to work upon the Bag-jagderags who
were now pouring through the village looking for plunder.
And the Black Parrots' method of fighting was peculiar. This is
what they did: on the head of each Bag-jagderag three or four
parrots settled and took a good foot-hold in his hair with their
claws; then they leant down over the sides of his head and began
clipping snips out of his ears, for all the world as though they
were punching tickets. That is all they did. They never bit them
anywhere else except the ears. But it won the war for us.
With howls pitiful to hear, the Bag-jagderags fell over one
another in their haste to get out of that accursed village. It
was no use their trying to pull the parrots off their heads;
because for each head there were always four more parrots waiting
impatiently to get on.
Some of the enemy were lucky; and with only a snip or two managed
to get outside the fence--where the parrots immediately left them
alone. But with most, before the black birds had done with them,
the ears presented a very singular appearance--like the edge of a
postage-stamp. This treatment, very painful at the time, did not
however do them any permanent harm beyond the change in looks.
And it later got to be the tribal mark of the Bag-jagderags. No
really smart young lady of this tribe would be seen walking with
a man who did not have scalloped ears--for such was a proof that
he had been in the Great War. And that (though it is not
generally known to scientists) is how this people came to be
called by the other Indian nations, the Ragged-Eared
Bag-jagderags.
As soon as the village was cleared of the enemy the Doctor turned
his attention to the wounded.
In spite of the length and fierceness of the struggle, there were
surprisingly few serious injuries. Poor Long Arrow was the worst
off. However, after the Doctor had washed his wound and got him
to bed, he opened his eyes and said he already felt better. Bumpo
was only badly stunned.
With this part of the business over, the Doctor called to
Polynesia to have the Black Parrots drive the enemy right back
into their own country and to wait there, guarding them all
night.
Polynesia gave the short word of command; and like one bird those
millions of parrots opened their red beaks and let out once more
their terrifying battle-scream.
The Bag-jagderags didn't wait to be bitten a second time, but
fled helter-skelter over the mountains from which they had come;
whilst Polynesia and her victorious army followed watchfully
behind like a great, threatening, black cloud.
The Doctor picked up his high hat which had been knocked off in
the fight, dusted it carefully and put it on.
"To-morrow," he said, shaking his fist towards the hills, "we
will arrange the terms of peace--and we will arrange them-- in
the City of Bag-jagderag.
His words were greeted with cheers of triumph from the admiring
Popsipetels. The war was over.
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
THE PEACE OF THE PARROTS
THE next day we set out for the far end of the island, and
reaching it in canoes (for we went by sea) after a journey of
twenty-five hours, we remained no longer than was necessary in
the City of Bag-jagderag.
When he threw himself into that fight at Popsipetel, I saw the
Doctor really angry for the first time in my life. But his anger,
once aroused, was slow to die. All the way down the coast of the
island he never ceased to rail against this cowardly people who
had attacked his friends, the Popsipetels, for no other reason
but to rob them of their corn, because they were too idle to till
the land themselves. And he was still angry when he reached the
City of Bag-jagderag.
Long Arrow had not come with us for he was as yet too weak from
his wound. But the Doctor--always clever at languages--was
already getting familiar with the Indian tongue. Besides, among
the half-dozen Popsipetels who accompanied us to paddle the
canoes, was one boy to whom we had taught a little English. He
and the Doctor between them managed to make themselves understood
to the Bag-jagderags. This people, with the terrible parrots
still blackening the hills about their stone town, waiting for
the word to descend and attack, were, we found, in a very humble
mood.
Leaving our canoes we passed up the main street to the palace of
the chief. Bumpo and I couldn't help smiling with satisfaction as
we saw how the waiting crowds which lined the roadway bowed their
heads to the ground, as the little, round, angry figure of the
Doctor strutted ahead of us with his chin in the air.
At the foot of the palace-steps the chief and all the more
important personages of the tribe were waiting to meet him,
smiling humbly and holding out their hands in friendliness. The
Doctor took not the slightest notice. He marched right by them,
up the steps to the door of the palace. There he turned around
and at once began to address the people in a firm voice.
I never heard such a speech in my life--and I am quite sure that
they never did either. First he called them a long string of
names: cowards, loafers, thieves, vagabonds, good-for-nothings,
bullies and what not. Then he said he was still seriously
thinking of allowing the parrots to drive them on into the sea,
in order that this pleasant land might be rid, once for all, of
their worthless carcases. At this a great cry for mercy went up,
and the chief and all of them fell on their knees, calling out
that they would submit to any conditions of peace he wished.
Then the Doctor called for one of their scribes--that is, a man
who did picture-writing. And on the stone walls of the palace of
Bag-jagderag he bade him write down the terms of the peace as he
dictated it. This peace is known as The Peace of The Parrots,
and--unlike most peaces-- was, and is, strictly kept--even to
this day.
It was quite long in words. The half of the palace-front was
covered with picture-writing, and fifty pots of paint were used,
before the weary scribe had done. But the main part of it all
was that there should be no more fighting; and that the two
tribes should give solemn promise to help one another whenever
there was corn-famine or other distress in the lands belonging to
either.
This greatly surprised the Bag-jagderags. They had expected from
the Doctor's angry face that he would at least chop a couple of
hundred heads off-- and probably make the rest of them slaves for
life.
But when they saw that he only meant kindly by them, their great
fear of him changed to a tremendous admiration. And as he ended
his long speech and walked briskly down the steps again on his
way back to the canoes, the group of chieftains threw themselves
at his feet and cried, "Do but stay with us. Great Lord, and all
the riches of Bag-jagderag shall be poured into your lap.
Gold-mines we know of in the mountains and pearl-beds beneath the
sea. Only stay with us, that your all-powerful wisdom may lead
our Council and our people in prosperity and peace." The Doctor
held up his hand for silence.
"No man," said he, "would wish to be the guest of the
Bag-jagderags till they had proved by their deeds that they are
an honest race. Be true to the terms of the Peace and from
yourselves shall come good government and prosperity--Farewell!"
Then he turned and followed by Bumpo, the Popsipetels and myself,
walked rapidly down to the canoes.
THE EIGHTH CHAPTER
THE HANGING STONE
BUT the change of heart in the Bag-jagderags was really sincere.
The Doctor had made a great impression on them--a deeper one than
even he himself realized at the time. In fact I sometimes think
that that speech of his from the palace-steps had more effect
upon the Indians of Spidermonkey Island than had any of his great
deeds which, great though they were, were always magnified and
exaggerated when the news of them was passed from mouth to mouth.
A sick girl was brought to him as he reached the place where the
boats lay. She turned out to have some quite simple ailment which
he quickly gave the remedy for. But this increased his
popularity still more. And when he stepped into his canoe, the
people all around us actually burst into tears. It seems (I
learned this afterwards) that they thought he was going away
across the sea, for good, to the mysterious foreign lands from
which he had come.
Some of the chieftains spoke to the Popsipetels as we pushed off.
What they said I did not understand; but we noticed that several
canoes filled with Bag-jagderags followed us at a respectful
distance all the way back to Popsipetel.
The Doctor had determined to return by the other shore, so that
we should he thus able to make a complete trip round the island's
shores.
Shortly after we started, while still off the lower end of the
island, we sighted a steep point on the coast where the sea was
in a great state of turmoil, white with soapy froth. On going
nearer, we found that this was caused by our friendly whales who
were still faithfully working away with their noses against the
end of the island, driving us northward. We had been kept so busy
with the war that we had forgotten all about them. But as we
paused and watched their mighty tails lashing and churning the
sea, we suddenly realized that we had not felt cold in quite
along while. Speeding up our boat lest the island be carried away
from us altogether, we passed on up the coast; and here and there
we noticed that the trees on the shore already looked greener and
more healthy. Spidermonkey Island was getting back into her home
climates.
About halfway to Popsipetel we went ashore and spent two or three
days exploring the central part of the island. Our Indian
paddlers took us up into the mountains, very steep and high in
this region, overhanging the sea. And they showed us what they
called the Whispering Rocks.
This was a very peculiar and striking piece of scenery. It was
like a great vast basin, or circus, in the mountains, and out of
the centre of it there rose a table of rock with an ivory chair
upon it. All around this the mountains went up like stairs, or
theatre-seats, to a great height-- except at one narrow end which
was open to a view of the sea. You could imagine it a
council-place or concert-hall for giants, and the rock table in
the centre the stage for performers or the stand for the speaker.
We asked our guides why it was called the Whispering Rocks; and
they said, "Go down into it and we will show you."
The great bowl was miles deep and miles wide. We scrambled down
the rocks and they showed us how, even when you stood far, far
apart from one another, you merely had to whisper in that great
place and every one in the theatre could hear you. This was, the
Doctor said, on account of the echoes which played backwards and
forwards between the high walls of rock.
Our guides told us that it was here, in days long gone by when
the Popsipetels owned the whole of Spidermonkey Island, that the
kings were crowned. The ivory chair upon the table was the throne
in which they sat. And so great was the big theatre that all the
Indians in the island were able to get seats in it to see the
ceremony.
They showed us also an enormous hanging stone perched on the edge
of a volcano's crater--the highest summit in the whole island.
Although it was very far below us, we could see it quite plainly.
and it looked wobbly enough to be pushed off its perch with the
hand. There was a legend among the people, they said, that when
the greatest of all Popsipetel kings should be crowned in the
ivory chair, this hanging stone would tumble into the volcano's
mouth and go straight down to the centre of the earth.
The Doctor said he would like to go and examine it closer.
And when we were come to the lip of the volcano (it took us half
a day to get up to it) we found the stone was unbelievably
large--big as a cathedral. Underneath it we could look right down
into a black hole which seemed to have no bottom. The Doctor
explained to us that volcanoes sometimes spurted up fire from
these holes in their tops; but that those on floating islands
were always cold and dead.
"Stubbins," he said, looking up at the great stone towering above
us, "do you know what would most likely happen if that boulder
should fall in?"
"No," said I, "what?"
"You remember the air-chamber which the porpoises told us lies
under the centre of the island?"
"Yes."
"Well, this stone is heavy enough, if it fell into the volcano,
to break through into that air-chamber from above. And once it
did, the air would escape and the floating island would float no
more. It would sink."
"But then everybody on it would be drowned, wouldn't they?" said
Bumpo.
"Oh no, not necessarily. That would depend on the depth of the
sea where the sinking took place. The island might touch bottom
when it had only gone down, say, a hundred feet. But there would
be lots of it still sticking up above the water then, wouldn't
there?"
"Yes," said Bumpo, "I suppose there would. Well, let us hope
that the ponderous fragment does not lose its equilibriosity, for
I don't believe it would stop at the centre of the earth-- more
likely it would fall right through the world and come out the
other side."
Many other wonders there were which these men showed us in the
central regions of their island. But I have not time or space to
tell you of them now.
Descending towards the shore again, we noticed that we were still
being watched, even here among the highlands, by the
Bag-jagderags who had followed us. And when we put to sea once
more a boatload of them proceeded to go ahead of us in the
direction of Popsipetel. Having lighter canoes, they traveled
faster than our party; and we judged that they should reach the
village--if that was where they were going-- many hours before we
could.
The Doctor was now becoming anxious to see how Long Arrow was
getting on, so we all took turns at the paddles and went on
traveling by moonlight through the whole night.
We reached Popsipetel just as the dawn was breaking.
To our great surprise we found that not only we, but the whole
village also, had been up all night. A great crowd was gathered
about the dead chief's house. And as we landed our canoes upon
the beach we saw a large number of old men, the seniors of the
tribe, coming out at the main door.
We inquired what was the meaning of all this; and were told that
the election of a new chief had been going on all through the
whole night. Bumpo asked the name of the new chief; but this, it
seemed, had not yet been given out. It would be announced at
mid-day.
As soon as the Doctor had paid a visit to Long Arrow and seen
that he was doing nicely, we proceeded to our own house at the
far end of the village. Here we ate some breakfast and then lay
down to take a good rest.
Rest, indeed, we needed; for life had been stren-uous and busy
for us ever since we had landed on the island. And it wasn't many
minutes after our weary heads struck the pillows that the whole
crew of us were sound asleep.
THE NINTH CHAPTER
THE ELECTION
WE were awakened by music. The glaring noonday sunlight was
streaming in at our door, outside of which some kind of a band
appeared to be playing.
We got up and looked out. Our house was surrounded by the whole
population of Popsipetel. We were used to having quite a number
of curious and admiring Indians waiting at our door at all hours;
but this was quite different. The vast crowd was dressed in its
best clothes. Bright beads, gawdy feathers and gay blankets gave
cheerful color to the scene. Every one seemed in very good humor,
singing or playing on musical instruments--mostly painted wooden
whistles or drums made from skins.
We found Polynesia--who while we slept had arrived back from
Bag-jagderag--sitting on our door-post watching the show. We
asked her what all the holiday-making was about.
"The result of the election has just been announced," said she.
"The name of the new chief was given out at noon."
"And who is the new chief?" asked the Doctor.
"You are," said Polynesia quietly.
"I!" gasped the Doctor--"Well, of all things!"
"Yes," said she. "You're the one--And what's more, they've
changed your surname for you. They didn't think that Dolittle
was a proper or respectful name for a man who had done so much.
So you are now to be known as Jong Thinkalot. How do you like
it?"
"But I don't WANT to be a chief," said the Doctor in an irritable
voice.
"I'm afraid you'll have hard work to get out of it now," said
she--"unless you're willing to put to sea again in one of their
rickety canoes. You see you've been elected not merely the Chief
of the Popsipetels; you're to be a king--the King of the whole of
Spidermonkey Island. The Bag-jagderags, who were so anxious to
have you govern them, sent spies and messengers ahead of you; and
when they found that you had been elected Chief of the
Popsipetels overnight they were bitterly disappointed. However,
rather than lose you altogether, the Bag-jagderags were willing
to give up their independence, and insisted that they and their
lands be united to the Popsipetels in order that you could be
made king of both. So now you're in for it."
"Oh Lord!" groaned the Doctor, "I do wish they wouldn't be so
enthusiastic! Bother it, I don't WANT to be a king!"
"I should think, Doctor," said I, "you'd feel rather proud and
glad. I wish I had a chance to be a king."
"Oh I know it sounds grand, said he, pulling on his boots
miserably. "But the trouble is, you can t take up
responsibilities and then just drop them again when you feel like
it. I have my own work to do. Scarcely one moment have I had to
give to natural history since I landed on this island. I've been
doing some one else's business all the time. And now they want me
to go on doing it! Why, once I'm made King of the Popsipetels,
that's the end of me as a useful naturalist. I'd be too busy for
anything. All I'd be then is just a er-- er just a king."
"Well, that's something!" said Bumpo. "My father is a king and
has a hundred and twenty wives."
"That would make it worse," said the Doctor--" a hundred and
twenty times worse. I have my work to do. I don't want to be a
king."
"Look," said Polynesia, "here come the head men to announce your
election. Hurry up and get your boots laced."
The throng before our door had suddenly parted asunder, making a
long lane; and down this we now saw a group of personages coming
towards us. The man in front, a handsome old Indian with a
wrinkled face, carried in his hands a wooden crown--a truly
beautiful and gorgeous crown, even though of wood. Wonderfully
carved and painted, it had two lovely blue feathers springing
from the front of it. Behind the old man came eight strong
Indians bearing a litter, a sort of chair with long handles
underneath to carry it by.
Kneeling down on one knee, bending his head almost to the ground,
the old man addressed the Doctor who now stood in the doorway
putting on his collar and tie.
"Oh, Mighty One," said he, "we bring you word from the Popsipetel
people. Great are your deeds beyond belief, kind is your heart
and your wisdom, deeper than the sea. Our chief is dead. The
people clamor for a worthy leader. Our old enemies, the
Bag-jagderags are become, through you, our brothers and good
friends. They too desire to bask beneath the sunshine of your
smile. Behold then, I bring to you the Sacred Crown of Popsipetel
which, since ancient days when this island and its peoples were
one, beneath one monarch, has rested on no kingly brow. Oh
Kindly One, we are bidden by the united voices of the peoples of
this land to carry you to the Whispering Rocks, that there, with
all respect and majesty, you may be crowned our king-- King of
all the Moving Land."
The good Indians did not seem to have even considered the
possibility of John Dolittle's refusing. As for the poor Doctor,
I never saw him so upset by anything. It was in fact the only
time I have known him to get thoroughly fussed.
"Oh dear!" I heard him murmur, looking around wildly for some
escape. "What SHALL I do?--Did any of you see where I laid that
stud of mine?-- How on earth can I get this collar on without a
stud? What a day this is, to be sure I--Maybe it rolled under
the bed, Bumpo--I do think they might have given me a day or so
to think it over in. Who ever heard of waking a man right out of
his sleep, and telling him he's got to be a king, before he has
even washed his face? Can't any of you find it? Maybe you're
standing on it, Bumpo. Move your feet."
"Oh don't bother about your stud," said Polynesia. "You will
have to be crowned without a collar. They won't know the
difference."
"I tell you I'm not going to be crowned," cried the Doctor--"not
if I can help it. I'll make them a speech. Perhaps that will
satisfy them." He turned back to the Indians at the door.
"My friends," he said, "I am not worthy of this great honor you
would do me. Little or no skill have I in the arts of kingcraft.
Assuredly among your own brave men you will find many better
fitted to lead you. For this compliment, this confidence and
trust, I thank you. But, I pray you, do not think of me for such
high duties which I could not possibly fulfil."
The old man repeated his words to the people behind him in a
louder voice. Stolidly they shook their heads, moving not an
inch. The old man turned back to the Doctor.
"You are the chosen one," said he. "They will have none but
you."
Into the Doctor's perplexed face suddenly there came a flash of
hope.
"I'll go and see Long Arrow," he whispered to me. "Perhaps he
will know of some way to get me out of this."
And asking the personages to excuse him a moment, he left them
there, standing at his door, and hurried off in the direction of
Long Arrow's house. I followed him.
We found our big friend lying on a grass bed outside his home,
where he had been moved that he might witness the holiday-making.
"Long Arrow," said the Doctor speaking quickly in eagle tongue so
that the bystanders should not overhear, "in dire peril I come to
you for help. These men would make me their king. If such a
thing befall me, all the great work I hoped to do must go undone,
for who is there unfreer than a king? I pray you speak with them
and persuade their kind well-meaning hearts that what they plan
to do would be unwise."
Long Arrow raised himself upon his elbow. "Oh Kindly One," said
he (this seemed now to have become the usual manner of address
when speaking to the Doctor), "sorely it grieves me that the
first wish you ask of me I should be unable to grant. Alas! I
can do nothing. These people have so set their hearts on keeping
you for king that if I tried to interfere they would drive me
from their land and likely crown you in the end in any case. A
king you must be, if only for a while. We must so arrange the
business of governing that you may have time to give to Nature's
secrets. Later we may be able to hit upon some plan to relieve
you of the burden of the crown. But for now you must be king.
These people are a headstrong tribe and they will have their way.
There is no other course."
Sadly the Doctor turned away from the bed and faced about. And
there behind him stood the old man again, the crown still held in
his wrinkled hands and the royal litter waiting at his elbow.
With a deep reverence the bearers motioned towards the seat of
the chair, inviting the white man to get in.
Once more the poor Doctor looked wildly, hopelessly about him for
some means of escape. For a moment I thought he was going to
take to his heels and run for it. But the crowd around us was
far too thick and densely packed for anyone to break through it.
A band of whistles and drums near by suddenly started the music
of a solemn processional march. He turned back pleadingly again
to Long Arrow in a last appeal for help. But the big Indian
merely shook his head and pointed, like the bearers, to the
waiting chair.
At last, almost in tears, John Dolittle stepped slowly into the
litter and sat down. As he was hoisted on to the broad shoulders
of the bearers I heard him still feebly muttering beneath his
breath,
"Botheration take it!--I don't WANT to be a king!"
"Farewell!" called Long Arrow from his bed, "and may good fortune
ever stand within the shadow of your throne!"
"He comes!--He comes!" murmured the crowd. "Away! Away!--To the
Whispering Rocks!"
And as the procession formed up to leave the village, the crowd
about us began hurrying off in the direction of the mountains to
make sure of good seats in the giant theatre where the crowning
ceremony would take place.
THE TENTH CHAPTER
THE CORONATION OF KING JONG
IN my long lifetime I have seen many grand and inspiring things,
but never anything that impressed me half as much as the sight of
the Whispering Rocks as they looked on the day King Jong was
crowned. As Bumpo, Chee-Chee, Polynesia, Jip and I finally
reached the dizzy edge of the great bowl and looked down inside
it, it was like gazing over a never-ending ocean of
copper-colored faces; for every seat in the theatre was filled,
every man, woman and child in the island-- including Long Arrow
who had been carried up on his sick bed-- was there to see the
show.
Yet not a sound, not a pin-drop, disturbed the solemn silence of
the Whispering Rocks. It was quite creepy and sent chills
running up and down your spine. Bumpo told me afterwards that it
took his breath away too much for him to speak, but that he
hadn't known before that there were that many people in the
world.
Away down by the Table of the Throne stood a brand-new, brightly
colored totem-pole. All the Indian families had totem-poles and
kept them set up before the doors of their houses. The idea of a
totem-pole is something like a door-plate or a visiting card. It
represents in its carvings the deeds and qualities of the family
to which it belongs. This one, beautifully decorated and much
higher than any other, was the Dolittle or, as it was to be
henceforth called, the Royal Thinkalot totem. It had nothing but
animals on it, to signify the Doctor's great knowledge of
creatures. And the animals chosen to be shown were those which to
the Indians were supposed to represent good qualities of
character, such as, the deer for speed; the ox for perseverance;
the fish for discretion, and so on. But at the top of the totem
is always placed the sign or animal by which the family is most
proud to be known. This, on the Thinkalot pole, was an enormous
parrot, in memory of the famous Peace of the Parrots.
The Ivory Throne had been all polished with scented oil and it
glistened whitely in the strong sunlight. At the foot of it
there had been strewn great quantities of branches of flowering
trees, which with the new warmth of milder climates were now
blossoming in the valleys of the island.
Soon we saw the royal litter, with the Doctor seated in it,
slowly ascending the winding steps of the Table. Reaching the
flat top at last, it halted and the Doctor stepped out upon the
flowery carpet. So still and perfect was the silence that even at
that distance above I distinctly heard a twig snap beneath his
tread.
Walking to the throne accompanied by the old man, the Doctor got
up upon the stand and sat down. How tiny his little round figure
looked when seen from that tremendous height! The throne had been
made for longer-legged kings; and when he was seated, his feet
did not reach the ground but dangled six inches from the top
step.
Then the old man turned round and looking up at the people began
to speak in a quiet even voice; but every word he said was easily
heard in the furthest corner of the Whispering Rocks.
First he recited the names of all the great Popsipetel kings who
in days long ago had been crowned in this ivory chair. He spoke
of the greatness of the Popsipetel people, of their triumphs, of
their hardships. Then waving his hand towards the Doctor he
began recounting the things which this king-to-be had done. And I
am bound to say that they easily outmatched the deeds of those
who had gone before him.
As soon as he started to speak of what the Doctor had achieved
for the tribe, the people, still strictly silent, all began
waving their right hands towards the throne. This gave to the
vast theatre a very singular appearance: acres and acres of
something moving--with never a sound.
At last the old man finished his speech and stepping up to the
chair, very respectfully removed the Doctor's battered high hat.
He was about to put it upon the ground; but the Doctor took it
from him hastily and kept it on his lap. Then taking up the
Sacred Crown he placed it upon John Dolittle's head. It did not
fit very well (for it had been made for smaller-headed kings),
and when the wind blew in freshly from the sunlit sea the Doctor
had some difficulty in keeping it on. But it looked very
splendid.
Turning once more to the people, the old man said,
"Men of Popsipetel, behold your elected king!--Are you content?"
And then at last the voice of the people broke loose.
"JONG! JONG!" they shouted, "LONG LIVE KING JONG!"
The sound burst upon the solemn silence with the crash of a
hundred cannon. There, where even a whisper carried miles, the
shock of it was like a blow in the face. Back and forth the
mountains threw it to one another. I thought the echoes of it
would never die away as it passed rumbling through the whole
island, jangling among the lower valleys, booming in the distant
sea-caves.
Suddenly I saw the old man point upward, to the highest mountain
in the island; and looking over my shoulder, I was just in time
to see the Hanging Stone topple slowly out of sight-- down into
the heart of the volcano.
"See ye, Men of the Moving Land!" the old man cried: "The stone
has fallen and our legend has come true: the King of Kings is
crowned this day!"
The Doctor too had seen the stone fall and he was now standing up
looking at the sea expectantly.
"He's thinking of the air-chamber," said Bumpo in my ear. "Let us
hope that the sea isn't very deep in these parts."
After a full minute (so long did it take the stone to fall that
depth) we heard a muffled, distant, crunching thud--and then
immediately after, a great hissing of escaping air. The Doctor,
his face tense with anxiety, sat down in the throne again still
watching the blue water of the ocean with staring eyes.
Soon we felt the island slowly sinking beneath us. We saw the
sea creep inland over the beaches as the shores went down-- one
foot, three feet, ten feet, twenty, fifty, a hundred. And then,
thank goodness, gently as a butterfly alighting on a rose, it
stopped! Spidermonkey Island had come to rest on the sandy
bottom of the Atlantic, and earth was joined to earth once more.
Of course many of the houses near the shores were now under
water. Popsipetel Village itself had entirely disappeared. But
it didn't matter. No one was drowned; for every soul in the
island was high up in the hills watching the coronation of King
Jong.
The Indians themselves did not realize at the time what was
taking place, though of course they had felt the land sinking
beneath them. The Doctor told us afterwards that it must have
been the shock of that tremendous shout, coming from a million
throats at once, which had toppled the Hanging Stone off its
perch. But in Popsipetel history the story was handed down (and
it is firmly believed to this day) that when King Jong sat upon
the throne, so great was his mighty weight, that the very island
itself sank down to do him honor and never moved again.
PART SIX
THE FIRST CHAPTER
NEW POPSIPETEL
JONG THINKALOT had not ruled over his new kingdom for more than a
couple of days before my notions about kings and the kind of
lives they led changed very considerably. I had thought that all
that kings had to do was to sit on a throne and have people bow
down before them several times a day. I now saw that a king can
be the hardest-working man in the world-- if he attends properly
to his business.
From the moment that he got up, early in the morning, till the
time he went to bed, late at night--seven days in the week--John
Dolittle was busy, busy, busy. First of all there was the new
town to be built. The village of Popsipetel had disappeared: the
City of New Popsipetel must be made. With great care a place was
chosen for it-- and a very beautiful position it was, at the
mouth of a large river. The shores of the island at this point
formed a lovely wide bay where canoes-- and ships too, if they
should ever come--could lie peacefully at anchor without danger
from storms.
In building this town the Doctor gave the Indians a lot of new
ideas. He showed them what town-sewers were, and how garbage
should be collected each day and burnt. High up in the hills he
made a large lake by damming a stream. This was the water-supply
for the town. None of these things had the Indians ever seen; and
many of the sicknesses which they had suffered from before were
now entirely prevented by proper drainage and pure
drinking-water.
Peoples who don't use fire do not of course have metals either;
because without fire it is almost impossible to shape iron and
steel. One of the first things that John Dolittle did was to
search the mountains till he found iron and copper mines. Then he
set to work to teach the Indians how these metals could be melted
and made into knives and plows and water-pipes and all manner of
things.
In his kingdom the Doctor tried his hardest to do away with most
of the old-fashioned pomp and grandeur of a royal court. As he
said to Bumpo and me, if he must be a king he meant to be a
thoroughly democratic one, that is a king who is chummy and
friendly with his subjects and doesn't put on airs. And when he
drew up the plans for the City of New Popsipetel he had no palace
shown of any kind. A little cottage in a back street was all
that he had provided for himself.
But this the Indians would not permit on any account. They had
been used to having their kings rule in a truly grand and kingly
manner; and they insisted that he have built for himself the most
magnificent palace ever seen. In all else they let him have his
own way absolutely; but they wouldn't allow him to wriggle out of
any of the ceremony or show that goes with being a king. A
thousand servants he had to keep in his palace, night and day, to
wait on him. The Royal Canoe had to be kept up--a gorgeous,
polished mahogany boat, seventy feet long, inlaid with
mother-o'-pearl and paddled by the hundred strongest men in the
island. The palace-gardens covered a square mile and employed a
hundred and sixty gardeners.
Even in his dress the poor man was compelled always to be grand
and elegant and uncomfortable. The beloved and battered high hat
was put away in a closet and only looked at secretly. State
robes had to be worn on all occasions. And when the Doctor did
once in a while manage to sneak off for a short, natural-history
expedition he never dared to wear his old clothes, but had to
chase his butterflies with a crown upon his head and a scarlet
cloak flying behind him in the wind.
There was no end to the kinds of duties the Doctor had to perform
and the questions he had to decide upon--everything, from
settling disputes about lands and boundaries, to making peace
between husband and wife who had been throwing shoes at one
another. In the east wing of the Royal Palace was the Hall of
Justice. And here King Jong sat every morning from nine to
eleven passing judgment on all cases that were brought before
him.
Then in the afternoon he taught school. The sort of things he
taught were not always those you find in ordinary schools.
Grown-ups as well as children came to learn. You see, these
Indians were ignorant of many of the things that quite small
white children know--though it is also true that they knew a lot
that white grown-ups never dreamed of.
Bumpo and I helped with the teaching as far as we could-- simple
arithmetic, and easy things like that. But the classes in
astronomy, farming science, the proper care of babies, with a
host of other subjects, the Doctor had to teach himself. The
Indians were tremendously keen about the schooling and they came
in droves and crowds; so that even with the open-air classes (a
school-house was impossible of course) the Doctor had to take
them in relays and batches of five or six thousand at a time and
used a big megaphone or trumpet to make himself heard.
The rest of his day was more than filled with road-making,
building water-mills, attending the sick and a million other
things.
In spite of his being so unwilling to become a king, John
Dolittle made a very good one--once he got started. He may not
have been as dignified as many kings in history who were always
running off to war and getting themselves into romantic
situations; but since I have grown up and seen something of
foreign lands and governments I have often thought that
Popsipetel under the reign of Jong Thinkalot was perhaps the best
ruled state in the history of the world.
The Doctor's birthday came round after we had been on the island
six months and a half. The people made a great public holiday of
it and there was much feasting, dancing, fireworks, speech-making
and jollification.
Towards the close of the day the chief men of the two tribes
formed a procession and passed through the streets of the town,
carrying a very gorgeously painted tablet of ebony wood, ten feet
high. This was a picture-history, such as they preserved for each
of the ancient kings of Popsipetel to record their deeds.
With great and solemn ceremony it was set up over the door of the
new palace: and everybody then clustered round to look at it. It
had six pictures on it commemorating the six great events in the
life of King Jong and beneath were written the verses that
explained them. They were composed by the Court Poet; and this is
a translation: I
(His Landing on The Island) Heaven-sent, In his dolphin-drawn
canoe From worlds unknown He landed on our shores. The very
palms Bowed down their heads In welcome to the coming King.
II
(His Meeting With The Beetle) By moonlight in the mountains He
communed with beasts. The shy Jabizri brings him picture-words
Of great distress.
(He liberates The Lost Families) Big was his heart with pity; Big
were his hands with strength. See how he tears the mountain like
a yam! See how the lost ones Dance forth to greet the day!
IV
(He Makes Fire) Our land was cold and dying. He waved his hand
and lo! Lightning leapt from cloudless skies; The sun leant down;
And Fire was born! Then while we crowded round The grateful glow,
pushed he Our wayward, floating land Back to peaceful anchorage
In sunny seas.
V
(He Leads The People To Victory in War) Once only Was his kindly
countenance Darkened by a deadly frown. Woe to the wicked enemy
That dares attack The tribe with Thinkalot for Chief!
VI
(He Is Crowned King) The birds of the air rejoiced; The Sea
laughed and gambolled with her shores; All Red-skins wept for joy
The day we crowned him King. He is the Builder, the Healer, the
Teacher and the Prince; He is the greatest of them all. May he
live a thousand thousand years, Happy in his heart, To bless our
land with Peace.
THE SECOND CHAPTER
THOUGHTS OF HOME
IN the Royal Palace Bumpo and I had a beautiful suite of rooms of
our very own--which Polynesia, Jip and Chee-Chee shared with us.
Officially Bumpo was Minister of the Interior; while I was First
Lord of the Treasury. Long Arrow also had quarters there; but at
present he was absent, traveling abroad.
One night after supper when the Doctor was away in the town
somewhere visiting a new-born baby, we were all sitting round the
big table in Bumpo's reception-room. This we did every evening,
to talk over the plans for the following day and various affairs
of state. It was a kind of Cabinet Meeting.
To-night however we were talking about England--and also about
things to eat. We had got a little tired of Indian food. You
see, none of the natives knew how to cook; and we had the most
discouraging time training a chef for the Royal Kitchen. Most of
them were champions at spoiling good food. Often we got so hungry
that the Doctor would sneak downstairs with us into the palace
basement, after all the cooks were safe in bed, and fry pancakes
secretly over the dying embers of the fire. The Doctor himself
was the finest cook that ever lived. But he used to make a
terrible mess of the kitchen; and of course we had to be awfully
careful that we didn't get caught.
Well, as I was saying, to-night food was the subject of
discussion at the Cabinet Meeting; and I had just been reminding
Bumpo of the nice dishes we had had at the bed-maker's house in
Monteverde.
"I tell you what I would like now," said Bumpo: "a large cup of
cocoa with whipped cream on the top of it. In Oxford we used to
be able to get the most wonderful cocoa. It is really too bad
they haven't any cocoa-trees in this island, or cows to give
cream."
"When do you suppose," asked Jip, "the Doctor intends to move on
from here?"
"I was talking to him about that only yesterday," said Polynesia.
"But I couldn't get any satisfactory answer out of him. He
didn't seem to want to speak about it."
There was a pause in the conversation.
"Do you know what I believe?" she added presently. "I believe the
Doctor has given up even thinking of going home."
"Good Lord!" cried Bumpo. "You don't say!"
"Sh!" said Polynesia. "What's that noise?"
We listened; and away off in the distant corridors of the palace
we heard the sentries crying,
"The King!--Make way!--The King!"
"It's he--at last," whispered Polynesia--"late, as usual. Poor
man, how he does work!--Chee-Chee, get the pipe and tobacco out
of the cupboard and lay the dressing-gown ready on his chair."
When the Doctor came into the room he looked serious and
thoughtful. Wearily he took off his crown and hung it on a peg
behind the door. Then he exchanged the royal cloak for the
dressing-gown, dropped into his chair at the head of the table
with a deep sigh and started to fill his pipe.
"Well," asked Polynesia quietly, "how did you find the baby?"
"The baby?" he murmured--his thoughts still seemed to be very far
away--"Ah yes. The baby was much better, thank you-- It has cut
its second tooth."
Then he was silent again, staring dreamily at the ceiling through
a cloud of tobacco-smoke; while we all sat round quite still,
waiting.
"We were wondering, Doctor," said I at last,--"just before you
came in-- when you would be starting home again. We will have
been on this island seven months to-morrow."
The Doctor sat forward in his chair looking rather uncomfortable.
"Well, as a matter of fact," said he after a moment, "I meant to
speak to you myself this evening on that very subject. But
it's--er--a little hard to make any one exactly understand the
situation. I am afraid that it would be impossible for me to
leave the work I am now engaged on. . . . You remember, when they
first insisted on making me king, I told you it was not easy to
shake off responsibilities, once you had taken them up. These
people have come to rely on me for a great number of things. We
found them ignorant of much that white people enjoy. And we
have, one might say, changed the current of their lives
considerably. Now it is a very ticklish business, to change the
lives of other people. And whether the changes we have made will
be, in the end, for good or for bad, is our lookout."
He thought a moment--then went on in a quieter, sadder voice:
"I would like to continue my voyages and my natural history work;
and I would like to go back to Puddleby--as much as any of you.
This is March, and the crocuses will be showing in the lawn. . .
. But that which I feared has come true: I cannot close my eyes
to what might happen if I should leave these people and run away.
They would probably go back to their old habits and customs:
wars, superstitions, devil-worship and what not; and many of the
new things we have taught them might be put to improper use and
make their condition, then, worse by far than that in which we
found them. . . . They like me; they trust me; they have come to
look to me for help in all their problems and troubles. And no
man wants to do unfair things to them who trust him. . . . And
then again, I like THEM. They are, as it were, my children--I
never had any children of my own--and I am terribly interested in
how they will grow up. Don't you see what I mean?--How can I
possibly run away and leave them in the lurch? . . . No. I have
thought it over a good deal and tried to decide what was best.
And I am afraid that the work I took up when I assumed the crown
I must stick to. I'm afraid-- I've got to stay."
"For good--for your whole life?" asked Bumpo in a low voice.
For some moments the Doctor, frowning, made no answer.
"I don't know," he said at last--"Anyhow for the present there is
certainly no hope of my leaving. It wouldn't be right."
The sad silence that followed was broken finally by a knock upon
the door.
With a patient sigh the Doctor got up and put on his crown and
cloak again.
"Come in," he called, sitting down in his chair once more.
The door opened and a footman--one of the hundred and forty-three
who were always on night duty--stood bowing in the entrance.
"Oh, Kindly One," said he, "there is a traveler at the
palace-gate who would have speech with Your Majesty."
"Another baby's been born, I'll bet a shilling," muttered
Polynesia.
"Did you ask the traveler's name?" enquired the Doctor.
"Yes, Your Majesty," said the footman. "It is Long Arrow, the
son of Golden Arrow."
THE THIRD CHAPTER
THE RED MAN'S SCIENCE
LONG ARROW!" cried the Doctor. "How splendid! Show him in--
show him in at once."
"I'm so glad," he continued, turning to us as soon as the footman
had gone. "I've missed Long Arrow terribly. He's an awfully good
man to have around-- even if he doesn't talk much. Let me see:
it's five months now since he went off to Brazil. I'm so glad
he's back safe. He does take such tremendous chances with that
canoe of his--clever as he is. It's no joke, crossing a hundred
miles of open sea in a twelve-foot canoe. I wouldn't care to try
it."
Another knock; and when the door swung open in answer to the
Doctor's call, there stood our big friend on the threshold, a
smile upon his strong, bronzed face. Behind him appeared two
porters carrying loads done up in Indian palm-matting. These,
when the first salutations were over, Long Arrow ordered to lay
their burdens down.
"Behold, oh Kindly One," said he, "I bring you, as I promised, my
collection of plants which I had hidden in a cave in the Andes.
These treasures represent the labors of my life."
The packages were opened; and inside were many smaller packages
and bundles. Carefully they were laid out in rows upon the table.
It appeared at first a large but disappointing display. There
were plants, flowers, fruits, leaves, roots, nuts, beans, honeys,
gums, bark, seeds, bees and a few kinds of insects.
The study of plants--or botany, as it is called--was a kind of
natural history which had never interested me very much. I had
considered it, compared with the study of animals, a dull
science. But as Long Arrow began taking up the various things in
his collection and explaining their qualities to us, I became
more and more fascinated. And before he had done I was completely
absorbed by the wonders of the Vegetable Kingdom which he had
brought so far.
"These," said he, taking up a little packet of big seeds, "are
what I have called 'laughing-beans.' "
"What are they for?" asked Bumpo.
"To cause mirth," said the Indian.
Bumpo, while Long Arrow's back was turned, took three of the
beans and swallowed them.
"Alas!" said the Indian when he discovered what Bumpo had done.
"If he wished to try the powers of these seeds he should have
eaten no more than a quarter of a one. Let us hope that he does
not die of laughter."
The beans' effect upon Bumpo was most extraordinary. First he
broke into a broad smile; then he began to giggle; finally he
burst into such prolonged roars of hearty laughter that we had to
carry him into the next room and put him to bed. The Doctor said
afterwards that he probably would have died laughing if he had
not had such a strong constitution. All through the night he
gurgled happily in his sleep. And even when we woke him up the
next morning he rolled out of bed still chuckling.
Returning to the Reception Room, we were shown some red roots
which Long Arrow told us had the property, when made into a soup
with sugar and salt, of causing people to dance with
extraordinary speed and endurance. He asked us to try them; but
we refused, thanking him. After Bumpo's exhibition we were a
little afraid of any more experiments for the present.
There was no end to the curious and useful things that Long Arrow
had collected: an oil from a vine which would make hair grow in
one night; an orange as big as a pumpkin which he had raised in
his own mountain-garden in Peru; a black honey (he had brought
the bees that made it too and the seeds of the flowers they fed
on) which would put you to sleep, just with a teaspoonful, and
make you wake up fresh in the morning; a nut that made the voice
beautiful for singing; a water-weed that stopped cuts from
bleeding; a moss that cured snake-bite; a lichen that prevented
sea-sickness.
The Doctor of course was tremendously interested. Well into the
early hours of the morning he was busy going over the articles on
the table one by one, listing their names and writing their
properties and descriptions into a note-book as Long Arrow
dictated.
"There are things here, Stubbins," he said as he ended, "which in
the hands of skilled druggists will make a vast difference to the
medicine and chemistry of the world. I suspect that this
sleeping-honey by itself will take the place of half the bad
drugs we have had to use so far. Long Arrow has discovered a
pharmacopaeia of his own. Miranda was right: he is a great
naturalist. His name deserves to be placed beside Linnaeus.
Some day I must get all these things to England--But when," he
added sadly--"Yes, that's the problem: when?"
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
THE SEA-SERPENT
FOR a long time after that Cabinet Meeting of which I have just
told you we did not ask the Doctor anything further about going
home. Life in Spidermonkey Island went forward, month in month
out, busily and pleasantly. The Winter, with Christmas
celebrations, came and went, and Summer was with us once again
before we knew it.
As time passed the Doctor became more and more taken up with the
care of his big family; and the hours he could spare for his
natural history work grew fewer and fewer. I knew that he often
still thought of his house and garden in Puddleby and of his old
plans and ambitions; because once in a while we would notice his
face grow thoughtful and a little sad, when something reminded
him of England or his old life. But he never spoke of these
things. And I truly believe he would have spent the remainder of
his days on Spidermonkey Island if it hadn't been for an
accident-- and for Polynesia.
The old parrot had grown very tired of the Indians and she made
no secret of it.
"The very idea," she said to me one day as we were walking on the
seashore--"the idea of the famous John Dolittle spending his
valuable life waiting on these greasy natives!--Why, it's
preposterous!"
All that morning we had been watching the Doctor superintend the
building of the new theatre in Popsipetel--there was already an
opera-house and a concert-hall; and finally she had got so
grouchy and annoyed at the sight that I had suggested her taking
a walk with me.
"Do you really think," I asked as we sat down on the sands, "that
he will never go back to Puddleby again?"
"I don't know," said she. "At one time I felt sure that the
thought of the pets he had left behind at the house would take
him home soon. But since Miranda brought him word last August
that everything was all right there, that hope's gone. For
months and months I've been racking my brains to think up a plan.
If we could only hit upon something that would turn his thoughts
back to natural history again-- I mean something big enough to
get him really excited--we might manage it. But how?"--she
shrugged her shoulders in disgust--"How?--when all he thinks of
now is paving streets and teaching papooses that twice one are
two!"
It was a perfect Popsipetel day, bright and hot, blue and yellow.
Drowsily I looked out to sea thinking of my mother and father. I
wondered if they were getting anxious over my long absence.
Beside me old Polynesia went on grumbling away in low steady
tones; and her words began to mingle and mix with the gentle
lapping of the waves upon the shore. It may have been the even
murmur of her voice, helped by the soft and balmy air, that
lulled me to sleep. I don't know. Anyhow I presently dreamed
that the island had moved again-- not floatingly as before, but
suddenly, jerkily, as though something enormously powerful had
heaved it up from its bed just once and let it down.
How long I slept after that I have no idea. I was awakened by a
gentle pecking on the nose.
"Tommy!--Tommy!" (it was Polynesia's voice) "Wake up!--Gosh, what
a boy, to sleep through an earthquake and never notice
it!--Tommy, listen: here's our chance now. Wake up, for
goodness' sake!"
"What's the matter?" I asked sitting up with a yawn.
"Sh!--Look!" whispered Polynesia pointing out to sea.
Still only half awake, I stared before me with bleary,
sleep-laden eyes. And in the shallow water, not more than thirty
yards from shore I saw an enormous pale pink shell. Dome-shaped,
it towered up in a graceful rainbow curve to a tremendous height;
and round its base the surf broke gently in little waves of
white. It could have belonged to the wildest dream.
"What in the world is it?" I asked.
"That," whispered Polynesia, "is what sailors for hundreds of
years have called the Sea-serpent. I've seen it myself more than
once from the decks of ships, at long range, curving in and out
of the water. But now that I see it close and still, I very
strongly suspect that the Sea-serpent of history is no other than
the Great Glass Sea-snail that the fidgit told us of. If that
isn't the only fish of its kind in the seven seas, call me a
carrion-crow--Tommy, we're in luck. Our job is to get the Doctor
down here to look at that prize specimen before it moves off to
the Deep Hole. If we can, then trust me, we may leave this
blessed island yet. You stay here and keep an eye on it while I
go after the Doctor. Don't move or speak--don't even breathe
heavy: he might get scared--awful timid things, snails. Just
watch him; and I'll be back in two shakes."
Stealthily creeping up the sands till she could get behind the
cover of some bushes before she took to her wings, Polynesia went
off in the direction of the town; while I remained alone upon the
shore fascinatedly watching this unbelievable monster wallowing
in the shallow sea.
It moved very little. From time to time it lifted its head out
of the water showing its enormously long neck and horns.
Occasionally it would try and draw itself up, the way a snail
does when he goes to move, but almost at once it would sink down
again as if exhausted. It seemed to me to act as though it were
hurt underneath; but the lower part of it, which was below the
level of the water, I could not see.
I was still absorbed in watching the great beast when Polynesia
returned with the Doctor. They approached so silently and so
cautiously that I neither saw nor heard them coming till I found
them crouching beside me on the sand.
One sight of the snail changed the Doctor completely. His eyes
just sparkled with delight. I had not seen him so thrilled and
happy since the time we caught the Jabizri beetle when we first
landed on the island.
"It is he!" he whispered--"the Great Glass Sea-snail himself--
not a doubt of it. Polynesia, go down the shore a way and see if
you can find any of the porpoises for me. Perhaps they can tell
us what the snail is doing here-- It's very unusual for him to be
in shallow water like this. And Stubbins, you go over to the
harbor and bring me a small canoe. But be most careful how you
paddle it round into this bay. If the snail should take fright
and go out into the deeper water, we may never get a chance to
see him again."
"And don't tell any of the Indians," Polynesia added in a whisper
as I moved to go. "We must keep this a secret or we'll have a
crowd of sightseers round here in five minutes. It's mighty lucky
we found the snail in a quiet bay."
Reaching the harbor, I picked out a small light canoe from among
the number that were lying there and without telling any one what
I wanted it for, got in and started off to paddle it down the
shore.
I was mortally afraid that the snail might have left before I got
back. And you can imagine how delighted I was, when I rounded a
rocky cape and came in sight of the bay, to find he was still
there.
Polynesia, I saw, had got her errand done and returned ahead of
me, bringing with her a pair of porpoises. These were already
conversing in low tones with John Dolittle. I beached the canoe
and went up to listen.
"What I want to know," the Doctor was saying, "is how the snail
comes to be here. I was given to understand that he usually
stayed in the Deep Hole; and that when he did come to the surface
it was always in mid-ocean."
"Oh, didn't you know?--Haven't you heard?" the porpoises replied:
"you covered up the Deep Hole when you sank the island. Why yes:
you let it down right on top of the mouth of the Hole--sort of
put the lid on, as it were. The fishes that were in it at the
time have been trying to get out ever since. The Great Snail had
the worst luck of all: the island nipped him by the tail just as
he was leaving the Hole for a quiet evening stroll. And he was
held there for six months trying to wriggle himself free. Finally
he had to heave the whole island up at one end to get his tail
loose. Didn't you feel a sort of an earthquake shock about an
hour ago?"
"Yes I did," said the Doctor, "it shook down part of the theatre
I was building."
"Well, that was the snail heaving up the island to get out of the
Hole," they said. "All the other fishes saw their chance and
escaped when he raised the lid. It was lucky for them he's so
big and strong. But the strain of that terrific heave told on
him: he sprained a muscle in his tail and it started swelling
rather badly. He wanted some quiet place to rest up; and seeing
this soft beach handy he crawled in here."
"Dear me!" said the Doctor. "I'm terribly sorry. I suppose I
should have given some sort of notice that the island was going
to be let down. But, to tell the truth, we didn't know it
ourselves; it happened by a kind of an accident. Do you imagine
the poor fellow is hurt very badly?"
"We're not sure," said the porpoises; "because none of us can
speak his language. But we swam right around him on our way in
here, and he did not seem to be really seriously injured."
"Can't any of your people speak shellfish?" the Doctor asked.
"Not a word," said they. "It's a most frightfully difficult
language."
"Do you think that you might be able to find me some kind of a
fish that could?"
"We don't know," said the porpoises. "We might try."
"I should be extremely grateful to you if you would," said the
Doctor. "There are many important questions I want to ask this
snail--And besides, I would like to do my best to cure his tail
for him. It's the least I can do. After all, it was my fault,
indirectly, that he got hurt."
"Well, if you wait here," said the porpoises, "we'll see what can
be done."
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
THE SHELLFISH RIDDLE SOLVED AT LAST
SO Doctor Dolittle with a crown on his head sat down upon the
shore like King Knut, and waited. And for a whole hour the
porpoises kept going and coming, bringing up different kinds of
sea-beasts from the deep to see if they could help him.
Many and curious were the creatures they produced. It would seem
however that there were very few things that spoke shellfish
except the shellfish themselves. Still, the porpoises grew a
little more hopeful when they discovered a very old sea-urchin (a
funny, ball-like, little fellow with long whiskers all over him)
who said he could not speak pure shellfish, but he used to
understand starfish--enough to get along--when he was young. This
was coming nearer, even if it wasn't anything to go crazy about.
Leaving the urchin with us, the porpoises went off once more to
hunt up a starfish.
They were not long getting one, for they were quite common in
those parts. Then, using the sea-urchin as an interpreter, they
questioned the starfish. He was a rather stupid sort of creature;
but he tried his best to be helpful. And after a little patient
examination we found to our delight that he could speak shellfish
moderately well.
Feeling quite encouraged, the Doctor and I now got into the
canoe; and, with the porpoises, the urchin and the starfish
swimming alongside, we paddled very gently out till we were close
under the towering shell of the Great Snail.
And then began the most curious conversation I have ever
witnessed. First the starfish would ask the snail something; and
whatever answer the snail gave, the starfish would tell it to the
sea-urchin, the urchin would tell it to the porpoises and the
porpoises would tell it to the Doctor.
In this way we obtained considerable information, mostly about
the very ancient history of the Animal Kingdom; but we missed a
good many of the finer points in the snail's longer speeches on
account of the stupidity of the starfish and all this translating
from one language to another.
While the snail was speaking, the Doctor and I put our ears
against the wall of his shell and found that we could in this way
hear the sound of his voice quite plainly. It was, as the fidgit
had described, deep and bell-like. But of course we could not
understand a single word he said. However the Doctor was by this
time terrifically excited about getting near to learning the
language he had sought so long. And presently by making the other
fishes repeat over and over again short phrases which the snail
used, he began to put words together for himself. You see, he
was already familiar with one or two fish languages; and that
helped him quite a little. After he had practised for a while
like this he leant over the side of the canoe and putting his
face below the water, tried speaking to the snail direct.
It was hard and difficult work; and hours went by before he got
any results. But presently I could tell by the happy look on his
face, that little by little he was succeeding.
The sun was low in the West and the cool evening breeze was
beginning to rustle softly through the bamboo-groves when the
Doctor finally turned from his work and said to me,
"Stubbins, I have persuaded the snail to come in on to the dry
part of the beach and let me examine his tail. Will you please go
back to the town and tell the workmen to stop working on the
theatre for to-day? Then go on to the palace and get my
medicine-bag. I think I left it under the throne in the Audience
Chamber."
"And remember," Polynesia whispered as I turned away, "not a word
to a soul. If you get asked questions, keep your mouth shut.
Pretend you have a toothache or something."
This time when I got back to the shore--with the medicine-bag-- I
found the snail high and dry on the beach. Seeing him in his
full length like this, it was easy to understand how old-time,
superstitious sailors had called him the Sea-serpent. He
certainly was a most gigantic, and in his way, a graceful,
beautiful creature. John Dolittle was examining a swelling on his
tail.
From the bag which I had brought the Doctor took a large bottle
of embrocation and began rubbing the sprain. Next he took all
the bandages he had in the bag and fastened them end to end. But
even like that, they were not long enough to go more than halfway
round the enormous tail. The Doctor insisted that he must get the
swelling strapped tight somehow. So he sent me off to the palace
once more to get all the sheets from the Royal Linen-closet.
These Polynesia and I tore into bandages for him. And at last,
after terrific exertions, we got the sprain strapped to his
satisfaction.
The snail really seemed to be quite pleased with the attention he
had received; and he stretched himself in lazy comfort when the
Doctor was done. In this position, when the shell on his back
was empty, you could look right through it and see the palm-trees
on the other side.
"I think one of us had better sit up with him all night," said
the Doctor. "We might put Bumpo on that duty; he's been napping
all day, I know--in the summer-house. It's a pretty bad sprain,
that; and if the snail shouldn't be able to sleep, he'll be
happier with some one with him for company. He'll get all right
though--in a few days I should judge. If I wasn't so confoundedly
busy I'd sit up with him myself. I wish I could, because I still
have a lot of things to talk over with him."
"But Doctor," said Polynesia as we prepared to go back to the
town, "you ought to take a holiday. All Kings take holidays once
in the while--every one of them. King Charles, for instance-- of
course Charles was before your time--but he!--why, he was ALWAYS
holiday-making. Not that he was ever what you would call a model
king. But just the same, he was frightfully popular. Everybody
liked him-- even the golden-carp in the fish-pond at Hampton
Court. As a king, the only thing I had against him was his
inventing those stupid, little, snappy dogs they call King
Charles Spaniels. There are lots of stories told about poor
Charles; but that, in my opinion, is the worst thing he did.
However, all this is beside the point. As I was saying, kings
have to take holidays the same as anybody else. And you haven't
taken one since you were crowned, have you now?"
"No," said the Doctor, "I suppose that's true."
"Well now I tell you what you do," said she: "as soon as you get
back to the palace you publish a royal proclamation that you are
going away for a week into the country for your health. And
you're going WITHOUT ANY SERVANTS, you understand--just like a
plain person. It's called traveling incognito, when kings go off
like that. They all do it--It's the only way they can ever have a
good time. Then the week you're away you can spend lolling on the
beach back there with the snail. How's that?"
"I'd like to," said the Doctor. "It sounds most attractive. But
there's that new theatre to be built; none of our carpenters
would know how to get those rafters on without me to show them--
And then there are the babies: these native mothers are so
frightfully ignorant."
"Oh bother the theatre--and the babies too," snapped Polynesia.
"The theatre can wait a week. And as for babies, they never have
anything more than colic. How do you suppose babies got along
before you came here, for heaven's sake?--Take a holiday. . . .
You need it."
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE LAST CABINET MEETING
FROM the way Polynesia talked, I guessed that this idea of a
holiday was part of her plan.
The Doctor made no reply; and we walked on silently towards the
town. I could see, nevertheless that her words had made an
impression on him.
After supper he disappeared from the palace without saying where
he was going-- a thing he had never done before. Of course we
all knew where he had gone: back to the beach to sit up with the
snail. We were sure of it because he had said nothing to Bumpo
about attending to the matter.
As soon as the doors were closed upon the Cabinet Meeting that
night, Polynesia addressed the Ministry:
"Look here, you fellows," said she: "we've simply got to get the
Doctor to take this holiday somehow--unless we're willing to stay
in this blessed island for the rest of our lives."
"But what difference," Bumpo asked, "is his taking a holiday
going to make?"
Impatiently Polynesia turned upon the Minister of the Interior.
"Don't you see? If he has a clear week to get thoroughly
interested in his natural history again--marine stuff, his dream
of seeing the floor of the ocean and all that-- there may be some
chance of his consenting to leave this pesky place. But while he
is here on duty as king he never gets a moment to think of
anything outside of the business of government."
"Yes, that's true. He's far too consententious Bumpo agreed.
"And besides," Polynesia went on, "his only hope of ever getting
away from here would be to escape secretly. He's got to leave
while he is holiday-making, incognito-- when no one knows where
he is or what he's doing, but us. If he built a ship big enough
to cross the sea in, all the Indians would see it, and hear it,
being built; and they'd ask what it was for. They would
interfere. They'd sooner have anything happen than lose the
Doctor. Why, I believe if they thought he had any idea of
escaping they would put chains on him."
"Yes, I really think they would," I agreed. "Yet without a ship
of some kind I don't see how the Doctor is going to get away,
even secretly."
"Well, I'll tell you," said Polynesia. "If we do succeed in
making him take this holiday, our next step will be to get the
sea-snail to promise to take us all in his shell and carry us to
the mouth of Puddleby River. If we can once get the snail
willing, the temptation will be too much for John Dolittle and
he'll come, I know--especially as he'll be able to take those new
plants and drugs of Long Arrow's to the English doctors, as well
as see the floor of the ocean on the way."
"How thrilling!" I cried. "Do you mean the snail could take us
under the sea all the way back to Puddleby?"
"Certainly," said Polynesia, "a little trip like that is nothing
to him. He would crawl along the floor of the ocean and the
Doctor could see all the sights. Perfectly simple. Oh, John
Dolittle will come all right, if we can only get him to take that
holiday--AND if the snail will consent to give us the ride."
"Golly, I hope he does!" sighed Jip. "I'm sick of these beastly
tropics-- they make you feel so lazy and good-for-nothing. And
there are no rats or anything here--not that a fellow would have
the energy to chase 'em even if there were. My, wouldn't I be
glad to see old Puddleby and the garden again! And won't Dab-Dab
be glad to have us back!"
"By the end of next month," said I, "it will be two whole years
since we left England--since we pulled up the anchor at
Kingsbridge and bumped our way out into the river."
"And got stuck on the mud-bank," added Chee-Chee in a dreamy,
far-away voice.
"Do you remember how all the people waved to us from the
river-wall?" I asked.
"Yes. And I suppose they've often talked about us in the town
since," said Jip--"wondering whether we're dead or alive."
"Cease," said Bumpo, "I feel I am about to weep from sediment."
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
THE DOCTOR'S DECISION
WELL, you can guess how glad we were when next morning the
Doctor, after his all-night conversation with the snail, told us
that he had made up his mind to take the holiday. A proclamation
was published right away by the Town Crier that His Majesty was
going into the country for a seven-day rest, but that during his
absence the palace and the government offices would be kept open
as usual.
Polynesia was immensely pleased. She at once set quietly to work
making arrangements for our departure--taking good care the while
that no one should get an inkling of where we were going, what we
were taking with us, the hour of our leaving or which of the
palace-gates we would go out by.
Cunning old schemer that she was, she forgot nothing. And not
even we, who were of the Doctor's party, could imagine what
reasons she had for some of her preparations. She took me inside
and told me that the one thing I must remember to bring with me
was ALL of the Doctor's note-books. Long Arrow, who was the only
Indian let into the secret of our destination, said he would like
to come with us as far as the beach to see the Great Snail; and
him Polynesia told to be sure and bring his collection of plants.
Bumpo she ordered to carry the Doctor's high hat--carefully
hidden under his coat. She sent off nearly all the footmen who
were on night duty to do errands in the town, so that there
should be as few servants as possible to see us leave. And
midnight, the hour when most of the towns-people would be asleep,
she finally chose for our departure.
We had to take a week's food-supply with us for the royal
holiday. So, with our other packages, we were heavy laden when on
the stroke of twelve we opened the west door of the palace and
stepped cautiously and quietly into the moonlit garden.
"Tiptoe incognito," whispered Bumpo as we gently closed the heavy
doors behind us.
No one had seen us leave.
At the foot of the stone steps leading from the Peacock Terrace
to the Sunken Rosary, something made me pause and look back at
the magnificent palace which we had built in this strange,
far-off land where no white men but ourselves had ever come.
Somehow I felt it in my bones that we were leaving it to-night
never to return again. And I wondered what other kings and
ministers would dwell in its splendid halls when we were gone.
The air was hot; and everything was deadly still but for the
gentle splashing of the tame flamingoes paddling in the
lily-pond. Suddenly the twinkling lantern of a night watchman
appeared round the corner of a cypress hedge. Polynesia plucked
at my stocking and, in an impatient whisper, bade me hurry before
our flight be discovered.
On our arrival at the beach we found the snail already feeling
much better and now able to move his tail without pain.
The porpoises (who are by nature inquisitive creatures) were
still hanging about in the offing to see if anything of interest
was going to happen. Polynesia, the plotter, while the Doctor was
occupied with his new patient, signaled to them and drew them
aside for a little private chat.
"Now see here, my friends," said she speaking low: "you know how
much John Dolittle has done for the animals--given his whole life
up to them, one might say. Well, here is your chance to do
something for him. Listen: he got made king of this island
against his will, see? And now that he has taken the job on, he
feels that he can't leave it-- thinks the Indians won't be able
to get along without him and all that-- which is nonsense, as you
and I very well know. All right. Then here's the point: if this
snail were only willing to take him and us-- and a little
baggage--not very much, thirty or forty pieces, say--inside his
shell and carry us to England, we feel sure that the Doctor would
go; because he's just crazy to mess about on the floor of the
ocean. What's more this would be his one and only chance of
escape from the island. Now it is highly important that the
Doctor return to his own country to carry on his proper work
which means such a lot to the animals of the world. So what we
want you to do is to tell the sea-urchin to tell the starfish to
tell the snail to take us in his shell and carry us to Puddleby
River. Is that plain?"
"Quite, quite," said the porpoises. "And we will willingly do
our very best to persuade him--for it is, as you say, a perfect
shame for the great man to be wasting his time here when he is so
much needed by the animals."
"And don't let the Doctor know what you're about," said Polynesia
as they started to move off. "He might balk if he thought we had
any hand in it. Get the snail to offer on his own account to take
us. See?"
John Dolittle, unaware of anything save the work he was engaged
on, was standing knee-deep in the shallow water, helping the
snail try out his mended tail to see if it were well enough to
travel on. Bumpo and Long Arrow, with Chee-Chee and Jip, were
lolling at the foot of a palm a little way up the beach.
Polynesia and I now went and joined them. Half an hour passed.
What success the porpoises had met with, we did not know, till
suddenly the Doctor left the snail's side and came splashing out
to us. quite breathless.
"What do you think?" he cried, "while I was talking to the snail
just now he offered, of his own accord, to take us all back to
England inside his shell. He says he has got to go on a voyage of
discovery anyway, to hunt up a new home, now that the Deep Hole
is closed. Said it wouldn't be much out of his way to drop us at
Puddleby River, if we cared to come along--Goodness, what a
chance! I'd love to go. To examine the floor of the ocean all
the way from Brazil to Europe! No man ever did it before. What
a glorious trip!-- Oh that I had never allowed myself to be made
king! Now I must see the chance of a lifetime slip by."
He turned from us and moved down the sands again to the middle
beach, gazing wistfully, longingly out at the snail. There was
something peculiarly sad and forlorn about him as he stood there
on the lonely, moonlit shore, the crown upon his head, his figure
showing sharply black against the glittering sea behind.
Out of the darkness at my elbow Polynesia rose and quietly moved
down to his side.
"Now Doctor," said she in a soft persuasive voice as though she
were talking to a wayward child, "you know this king business is
not your real work in life. These natives will be able to get
along without you--not so well as they do with you of course--
but they'll manage--the same as they did before you came. Nobody
can say you haven't done your duty by them. It was their fault:
they made you king. Why not accept the snail's offer; and just
drop everything now, and go? The work you'll do, the information
you'll carry home, will be of far more value than what you're
doing here."
"Good friend," said the Doctor turning to her sadly, "I cannot.
They would go back to their old unsanitary ways: bad water,
uncooked fish, no drainage, enteric fever and the rest. . . . No.
I must think of their health, their welfare. I began life as a
people's doctor: I seem to have come back to it in the end. I
cannot desert them. Later perhaps something will turn up. But I
cannot leave them now."
"That's where you're wrong, Doctor," said she. "Now is when you
should go. Nothing will 'turn up.' The longer you stay, the
harder it will be to leave-- Go now. Go to-night."
"What, steal away without even saying good-bye to them! Why,
Polynesia, what a thing to suggest!"
"A fat chance they would give you to say good-bye!" snorted
Polynesia growing impatient at last. "I tell you, Doctor, if you
go back to that palace tonight, for goodbys or anything else, you
will stay there. Now--this moment-- is the time for you to go."
The truth of the old parrot's words seemed to be striking home;
for the Doctor stood silent a minute, thinking.
"But there are the note-books," he said presently: "I would have
to go back to fetch them."
"I have them here, Doctor," said I, speaking up--" all of them."
Again he pondered.
"And Long Arrow's collection," he said. "I would have to take
that also with me."
"It is here, Oh Kindly One," came the Indian's deep voice from
the shadow beneath the palm.
"But what about provisions," asked the Doctor--" food for the
journey?"
"We have a week's supply with us, for our holiday," said
Polynesia--"that's more than we will need."
For a third time the Doctor was silent and thoughtful.
"And then there's my hat," he said fretfully at last. "That
settles it: I'll HAVE to go back to the palace. I can't leave
without my hat. How could I appear in Puddleby with this crown on
my head?"
"Here it is, Doctor," said Bumpo producing the hat, old, battered
and beloved, from under his coat. Polynesia had indeed thought
of everything.
Yet even now we could see the Doctor was still trying to think up
further excuses.
"Oh Kindly One," said Long Arrow, "why tempt ill fortune? Your
way is clear. Your future and your work beckon you back to your
foreign home beyond the sea. With you will go also what lore I
too have gathered for mankind-- to lands where it will be of
wider use than it can ever here. I see the glimmerings of dawn in
the eastern heaven. Day is at hand. Go before your subjects are
abroad. Go before your project is discovered. For truly I
believe that if you go not now you will linger the remainder of
your days a captive king in Popsipetel."
Great decisions often take no more than a moment in the making.
Against the now paling sky I saw the Doctor's figure suddenly
stiffen. Slowly he lifted the Sacred Crown from off his head and
laid it on the sands.
And when he spoke his voice was choked with tears.
"They will find it here," he murmured, "when they come to search
for me. And they will know that I have gone. . . . My children,
my poor children!-- I wonder will they ever understand why it was
I left them. . . . I wonder will they ever understand--and
forgive."
He took his old hat from Bumpo; then facing Long Arrow, gripped
his outstretched hand in silence.
"You decide aright, oh Kindly One," said the Indian--"though none
will miss and mourn you more than Long Arrow, the son of Golden
Arrow--Farewell, and may good fortune ever lead you by the hand!"
It was the first and only time I ever saw the Doctor weep.
Without a word to any of us, he turned and moved down the beach
into the shallow water of the sea.
The snail humped up its back and made an opening between its
shoulders and the edge of its shell. The Doctor clambered up and
passed within. We followed him, after handing up the baggage.
The opening shut tight with a whistling suction noise.
Then turning in the direction of the East, the great creature
began moving smoothly forward, down the slope into the deeper
waters.
Just as the swirling dark green surf was closing in above our
heads, the big morning sun popped his rim up over the edge of the
ocean. And through our transparent walls of pearl we saw the
watery world about us suddenly light up with that most wondrously
colorful of visions, a daybreak beneath the sea.
The rest of the story of our homeward voyage is soon told.
Our new quarters we found very satisfactory. Inside the spacious
shell, the snail's wide back was extremely comfortable to sit and
lounge on-- better than a sofa, when you once got accustomed to
the damp and clammy feeling of it. He asked us, shortly after we
started, if we wouldn't mind taking off our boots, as the
hobnails in them hurt his back as we ran excitedly from one side
to another to see the different sights.
The motion was not unpleasant, very smooth and even; in fact, but
for the landscape passing outside, you would not know, on the
level going, that you were moving at all.
I had always thought for some reason or other that the bottom of
the sea was flat. I found that it was just as irregular and
changeful as the surface of the dry land. We climbed over great
mountain-ranges, with peaks towering above peaks. We threaded our
way through dense forests of tall sea-plants. We crossed wide
empty stretches of sandy mud, like deserts--so vast that you went
on for a whole day with nothing ahead of you but a dim horizon.
Sometimes the scene was moss-covered, rolling country, green and
restful to the eye like rich pastures; so that you almost looked
to see sheep cropping on these underwater downs. And sometimes
the snail would roll us forward inside him like peas, when he
suddenly dipped downward to descend into some deep secluded
valley with steeply sloping sides.
In these lower levels we often came upon the shadowy shapes of
dead ships, wrecked and sunk Heaven only knows how many years
ago; and passing them we would speak in hushed whispers like
children seeing monuments in churches.
Here too, in the deeper, darker waters, monstrous fishes, feeding
quietly in caves and hollows would suddenly spring up, alarmed at
our approach, and flash away into the gloom with the speed of an
arrow. While other bolder ones, all sorts of unearthly shapes and
colors, would come right up and peer in at us through the shell.
"I suppose they think we are a sort of sanaquarium," said
Bumpo--"I'd hate to be a fish."
It was a thrilling and ever-changing show. The Doctor wrote or
sketched incessantly. Before long we had filled all the blank
note-books we had left. Then we searched our pockets for any odd
scraps of paper on which to jot down still more observations. We
even went through the used books a second time, writing in
between the lines, scribbling all over the covers, back and
front.
Our greatest difficulty was getting enough light to see by. In
the lower waters it was very dim. On the third day we passed a
band of fire-eels, a sort of large, marine glow-worm; and the
Doctor asked the snail to get them to come with us for a way.
This they did, swimming alongside; and their light was very
helpful, though not brilliant.
How our giant shellfish found his way across that vast and gloomy
world was a great puzzle to us. John Dolittle asked him by what
means he navigated-- how he knew he was on the right road to
Puddleby River. And what the snail said in reply got the Doctor
so excited, that having no paper left, he tore out the lining of
his precious hat and covered it with notes.
By night of course it was impossible to see anything; and during
the hours of darkness the snail used to swim instead of crawl.
When he did so he could travel at a terrific speed, just by
waggling that long tail of his. This was the reason why we
completed the trip in so short a time five and a half days.
The air of our chamber, not having a change in the whole voyage,
got very close and stuffy; and for the first two days we all had
headaches. But after that we got used to it and didn't mind it in
the least.
Early in the afternoon of the sixth day, we noticed we were
climbing a long gentle slope. As we went upward it grew lighter.
Finally we saw that the snail had crawled right out of the water
altogether and had now come to a dead stop on a long strip of
gray sand.
Behind us we saw the surface of the sea rippled by the wind. On
our left was the mouth of a river with the tide running out.
While in front, the low flat land stretched away into the mist--
which prevented one from seeing very far in any direction. A pair
of wild ducks with craning necks and whirring wings passed over
us and disappeared like shadows, seaward.
As a landscape, it was a great change from the hot brilliant
sunshine of Popsipetel.
With the same whistling suction sound, the snail made the opening
for us to crawl out by. As we stepped down upon the marshy land
we noticed that a fine, drizzling autumn rain was falling.
"Can this be Merrie England?" asked Bumpo, peering into the
fog--"doesn't look like any place in particular. Maybe the snail
hasn't brought us right after all."
"Yes," sighed Polynesia, shaking the rain oft her feathers, "this
is England all right--You can tell it by the beastly climate."
"Oh, but fellows," cried Jip, as he sniffed up the air in great
gulps, "it has a SMELL--a good and glorious smell!--Excuse me a
minute: I see a water-rat."
"Sh!--Listen!" said Chee-Chee through teeth that chattered with
the cold. "There's Puddleby church-clock striking four. Why
don't we divide up the baggage and get moving. We've got a long
way to foot it home across the marshes."
"Let's hope," I put in, "that Dab-Dab has a nice fire burning in
the kitchen."
"I'm sure she will," said the Doctor as he picked out his old
handbag from among the bundles--"With this wind from the East
she'll need it to keep the animals in the house warm. Come on.
Let's hug the river-bank so we don't miss our way in the fog. You
know, there's something rather attractive in the bad weather of
England--when you've got a kitchen-fire to look forward to. . . .
Four o'clock! Come along--we'll just be in nice time for tea."